Show More
@@ -1,1828 +1,1831 b'' | |||||
1 | The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control |
|
1 | The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control | |
2 | aspects of its behavior. |
|
2 | aspects of its behavior. | |
3 |
|
3 | |||
4 | The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration |
|
4 | The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration | |
5 | file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed |
|
5 | file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed | |
6 | by ``name = value`` entries:: |
|
6 | by ``name = value`` entries:: | |
7 |
|
7 | |||
8 | [ui] |
|
8 | [ui] | |
9 | username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net> |
|
9 | username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net> | |
10 | verbose = True |
|
10 | verbose = True | |
11 |
|
11 | |||
12 | The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and |
|
12 | The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and | |
13 | ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See the Syntax section below. |
|
13 | ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See the Syntax section below. | |
14 |
|
14 | |||
15 | Files |
|
15 | Files | |
16 | ===== |
|
16 | ===== | |
17 |
|
17 | |||
18 | Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist. |
|
18 | Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist. | |
19 | These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the |
|
19 | These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the | |
20 | appropriate configuration files yourself: global configuration like |
|
20 | appropriate configuration files yourself: global configuration like | |
21 | the username setting is typically put into |
|
21 | the username setting is typically put into | |
22 | ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` or ``$HOME/.hgrc`` and local |
|
22 | ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` or ``$HOME/.hgrc`` and local | |
23 | configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file. |
|
23 | configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file. | |
24 |
|
24 | |||
25 | The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is |
|
25 | The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is | |
26 | installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in |
|
26 | installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in | |
27 | alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple |
|
27 | alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple | |
28 | paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later |
|
28 | paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later | |
29 | ones. |
|
29 | ones. | |
30 |
|
30 | |||
31 | .. container:: verbose.unix |
|
31 | .. container:: verbose.unix | |
32 |
|
32 | |||
33 | On Unix, the following files are consulted: |
|
33 | On Unix, the following files are consulted: | |
34 |
|
34 | |||
35 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
35 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) | |
36 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
36 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user) | |
37 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
37 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) | |
38 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
38 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) | |
39 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
39 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) | |
40 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
40 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) | |
41 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
41 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) | |
42 |
|
42 | |||
43 | .. container:: verbose.windows |
|
43 | .. container:: verbose.windows | |
44 |
|
44 | |||
45 | On Windows, the following files are consulted: |
|
45 | On Windows, the following files are consulted: | |
46 |
|
46 | |||
47 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
47 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) | |
48 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
48 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user) | |
49 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
49 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) | |
50 | - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
50 | - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user) | |
51 | - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
51 | - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) | |
52 | - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation) |
|
52 | - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation) | |
53 | - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
53 | - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation) | |
54 | - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation) |
|
54 | - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation) | |
55 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
55 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) | |
56 |
|
56 | |||
57 | .. note:: |
|
57 | .. note:: | |
58 |
|
58 | |||
59 | The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial`` |
|
59 | The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial`` | |
60 | is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows. |
|
60 | is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows. | |
61 |
|
61 | |||
62 | .. container:: verbose.plan9 |
|
62 | .. container:: verbose.plan9 | |
63 |
|
63 | |||
64 | On Plan9, the following files are consulted: |
|
64 | On Plan9, the following files are consulted: | |
65 |
|
65 | |||
66 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
66 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) | |
67 | - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
67 | - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user) | |
68 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
68 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) | |
69 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
69 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) | |
70 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
70 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) | |
71 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
71 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) | |
72 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
72 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) | |
73 |
|
73 | |||
74 | Per-repository configuration options only apply in a |
|
74 | Per-repository configuration options only apply in a | |
75 | particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and |
|
75 | particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and | |
76 | will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in |
|
76 | will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in | |
77 | this file override options in all other configuration files. On |
|
77 | this file override options in all other configuration files. On | |
78 | Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't |
|
78 | Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't | |
79 | belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See the documentation |
|
79 | belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See the documentation | |
80 | for the ``[trusted]`` section below for more details. |
|
80 | for the ``[trusted]`` section below for more details. | |
81 |
|
81 | |||
82 | Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. On |
|
82 | Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. On | |
83 | Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. Options in these |
|
83 | Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. Options in these | |
84 | files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any |
|
84 | files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any | |
85 | directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation |
|
85 | directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation | |
86 | options. |
|
86 | options. | |
87 |
|
87 | |||
88 | Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the |
|
88 | Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the | |
89 | directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the |
|
89 | directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the | |
90 | parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. For |
|
90 | parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. For | |
91 | example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial will look |
|
91 | example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial will look | |
92 | in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these files apply |
|
92 | in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these files apply | |
93 | to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. |
|
93 | to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. | |
94 |
|
94 | |||
95 | Per-installation configuration files are for the system on |
|
95 | Per-installation configuration files are for the system on | |
96 | which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all |
|
96 | which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all | |
97 | Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry |
|
97 | Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry | |
98 | keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference |
|
98 | keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference | |
99 | a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will |
|
99 | a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will | |
100 | be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified |
|
100 | be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified | |
101 | order until one or more configuration files are detected. |
|
101 | order until one or more configuration files are detected. | |
102 |
|
102 | |||
103 | Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial |
|
103 | Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial | |
104 | is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands |
|
104 | is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands | |
105 | executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files |
|
105 | executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files | |
106 | override per-installation options. |
|
106 | override per-installation options. | |
107 |
|
107 | |||
108 | Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration |
|
108 | Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration | |
109 | files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default |
|
109 | files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default | |
110 | configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can |
|
110 | configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can | |
111 | be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains |
|
111 | be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains | |
112 | merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration |
|
112 | merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration | |
113 | there. |
|
113 | there. | |
114 |
|
114 | |||
115 | Syntax |
|
115 | Syntax | |
116 | ====== |
|
116 | ====== | |
117 |
|
117 | |||
118 | A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header |
|
118 | A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header | |
119 | and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called |
|
119 | and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called | |
120 | ``configuration keys``):: |
|
120 | ``configuration keys``):: | |
121 |
|
121 | |||
122 | [spam] |
|
122 | [spam] | |
123 | eggs=ham |
|
123 | eggs=ham | |
124 | green= |
|
124 | green= | |
125 | eggs |
|
125 | eggs | |
126 |
|
126 | |||
127 | Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, |
|
127 | Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, | |
128 | they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is |
|
128 | they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is | |
129 | removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with |
|
129 | removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with | |
130 | ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments. |
|
130 | ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments. | |
131 |
|
131 | |||
132 | Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial |
|
132 | Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial | |
133 | will use the value that was configured last. As an example:: |
|
133 | will use the value that was configured last. As an example:: | |
134 |
|
134 | |||
135 | [spam] |
|
135 | [spam] | |
136 | eggs=large |
|
136 | eggs=large | |
137 | ham=serrano |
|
137 | ham=serrano | |
138 | eggs=small |
|
138 | eggs=small | |
139 |
|
139 | |||
140 | This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``. |
|
140 | This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``. | |
141 |
|
141 | |||
142 | It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can |
|
142 | It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can | |
143 | be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For |
|
143 | be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For | |
144 | example:: |
|
144 | example:: | |
145 |
|
145 | |||
146 | [foo] |
|
146 | [foo] | |
147 | eggs=large |
|
147 | eggs=large | |
148 | ham=serrano |
|
148 | ham=serrano | |
149 | eggs=small |
|
149 | eggs=small | |
150 |
|
150 | |||
151 | [bar] |
|
151 | [bar] | |
152 | eggs=ham |
|
152 | eggs=ham | |
153 | green= |
|
153 | green= | |
154 | eggs |
|
154 | eggs | |
155 |
|
155 | |||
156 | [foo] |
|
156 | [foo] | |
157 | ham=prosciutto |
|
157 | ham=prosciutto | |
158 | eggs=medium |
|
158 | eggs=medium | |
159 | bread=toasted |
|
159 | bread=toasted | |
160 |
|
160 | |||
161 | This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys |
|
161 | This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys | |
162 | of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``, |
|
162 | of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``, | |
163 | respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last |
|
163 | respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last | |
164 | value that was set for each of the configuration keys. |
|
164 | value that was set for each of the configuration keys. | |
165 |
|
165 | |||
166 | If a configuration key is set multiple times in different |
|
166 | If a configuration key is set multiple times in different | |
167 | configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which |
|
167 | configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which | |
168 | the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier |
|
168 | the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier | |
169 | paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section |
|
169 | paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section | |
170 | above. |
|
170 | above. | |
171 |
|
171 | |||
172 | A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the |
|
172 | A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the | |
173 | current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means |
|
173 | current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means | |
174 | that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to |
|
174 | that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to | |
175 | the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found. |
|
175 | the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found. | |
176 | Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in |
|
176 | Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in | |
177 | ``file``. This lets you do something like:: |
|
177 | ``file``. This lets you do something like:: | |
178 |
|
178 | |||
179 | %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc |
|
179 | %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc | |
180 |
|
180 | |||
181 | to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. |
|
181 | to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. | |
182 |
|
182 | |||
183 | A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current |
|
183 | A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current | |
184 | section, if it has been set previously. |
|
184 | section, if it has been set previously. | |
185 |
|
185 | |||
186 | The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings, |
|
186 | The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings, | |
187 | or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1", |
|
187 | or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1", | |
188 | "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off" |
|
188 | "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off" | |
189 | (all case insensitive). |
|
189 | (all case insensitive). | |
190 |
|
190 | |||
191 | List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are |
|
191 | List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are | |
192 | placed in double quotation marks:: |
|
192 | placed in double quotation marks:: | |
193 |
|
193 | |||
194 | allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty |
|
194 | allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty | |
195 |
|
195 | |||
196 | Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only |
|
196 | Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only | |
197 | quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation |
|
197 | quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation | |
198 | (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``). |
|
198 | (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``). | |
199 |
|
199 | |||
200 | Sections |
|
200 | Sections | |
201 | ======== |
|
201 | ======== | |
202 |
|
202 | |||
203 | This section describes the different sections that may appear in a |
|
203 | This section describes the different sections that may appear in a | |
204 | Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible |
|
204 | Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible | |
205 | keys, and their possible values. |
|
205 | keys, and their possible values. | |
206 |
|
206 | |||
207 | ``alias`` |
|
207 | ``alias`` | |
208 | --------- |
|
208 | --------- | |
209 |
|
209 | |||
210 | Defines command aliases. |
|
210 | Defines command aliases. | |
211 |
|
211 | |||
212 | Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other |
|
212 | Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other | |
213 | commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional |
|
213 | commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional | |
214 | arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
214 | arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition | |
215 | are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not |
|
215 | are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not | |
216 | already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the |
|
216 | already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the | |
217 | command to be executed. |
|
217 | command to be executed. | |
218 |
|
218 | |||
219 | Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:: |
|
219 | Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:: | |
220 |
|
220 | |||
221 | <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... |
|
221 | <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... | |
222 |
|
222 | |||
223 | For example, this definition:: |
|
223 | For example, this definition:: | |
224 |
|
224 | |||
225 | latest = log --limit 5 |
|
225 | latest = log --limit 5 | |
226 |
|
226 | |||
227 | creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent |
|
227 | creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent | |
228 | changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:: |
|
228 | changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:: | |
229 |
|
229 | |||
230 | stable5 = latest -b stable |
|
230 | stable5 = latest -b stable | |
231 |
|
231 | |||
232 | .. note:: |
|
232 | .. note:: | |
233 |
|
233 | |||
234 | It is possible to create aliases with the same names as |
|
234 | It is possible to create aliases with the same names as | |
235 | existing commands, which will then override the original |
|
235 | existing commands, which will then override the original | |
236 | definitions. This is almost always a bad idea! |
|
236 | definitions. This is almost always a bad idea! | |
237 |
|
237 | |||
238 | An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a |
|
238 | An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a | |
239 | shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you |
|
239 | shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you | |
240 | run arbitrary commands. As an example, :: |
|
240 | run arbitrary commands. As an example, :: | |
241 |
|
241 | |||
242 | echo = !echo $@ |
|
242 | echo = !echo $@ | |
243 |
|
243 | |||
244 | will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your |
|
244 | will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your | |
245 | terminal. A better example might be:: |
|
245 | terminal. A better example might be:: | |
246 |
|
246 | |||
247 | purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 | xargs -0 rm |
|
247 | purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 | xargs -0 rm | |
248 |
|
248 | |||
249 | which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the |
|
249 | which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the | |
250 | repository in the same manner as the purge extension. |
|
250 | repository in the same manner as the purge extension. | |
251 |
|
251 | |||
252 | Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
252 | Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition | |
253 | expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are |
|
253 | expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are | |
254 | removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all |
|
254 | removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all | |
255 | arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all |
|
255 | arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all | |
256 | arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions |
|
256 | arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions | |
257 | happen before the command is passed to the shell. |
|
257 | happen before the command is passed to the shell. | |
258 |
|
258 | |||
259 | Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to |
|
259 | Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to | |
260 | the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is |
|
260 | the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is | |
261 | useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell |
|
261 | useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell | |
262 | alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, |
|
262 | alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, | |
263 | ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg |
|
263 | ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg | |
264 | echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``. |
|
264 | echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``. | |
265 |
|
265 | |||
266 | .. note:: |
|
266 | .. note:: | |
267 |
|
267 | |||
268 | Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are |
|
268 | Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are | |
269 | processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to |
|
269 | processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to | |
270 | aliases. |
|
270 | aliases. | |
271 |
|
271 | |||
272 |
|
272 | |||
273 | ``annotate`` |
|
273 | ``annotate`` | |
274 | ------------ |
|
274 | ------------ | |
275 |
|
275 | |||
276 | Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are |
|
276 | Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are | |
277 | Booleans and default to False. See ``diff`` section for related |
|
277 | Booleans and default to False. See ``diff`` section for related | |
278 | options for the diff command. |
|
278 | options for the diff command. | |
279 |
|
279 | |||
280 | ``ignorews`` |
|
280 | ``ignorews`` | |
281 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
281 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. | |
282 |
|
282 | |||
283 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
283 | ``ignorewsamount`` | |
284 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
284 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. | |
285 |
|
285 | |||
286 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
286 | ``ignoreblanklines`` | |
287 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
287 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. | |
288 |
|
288 | |||
289 |
|
289 | |||
290 | ``auth`` |
|
290 | ``auth`` | |
291 | -------- |
|
291 | -------- | |
292 |
|
292 | |||
293 | Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section |
|
293 | Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section | |
294 | allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging |
|
294 | allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging | |
295 | *into* HTTP servers. See the ``[web]`` configuration section if |
|
295 | *into* HTTP servers. See the ``[web]`` configuration section if | |
296 | you want to configure *who* can login to your HTTP server. |
|
296 | you want to configure *who* can login to your HTTP server. | |
297 |
|
297 | |||
298 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
298 | Each line has the following format:: | |
299 |
|
299 | |||
300 | <name>.<argument> = <value> |
|
300 | <name>.<argument> = <value> | |
301 |
|
301 | |||
302 | where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication |
|
302 | where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication | |
303 | entries. Example:: |
|
303 | entries. Example:: | |
304 |
|
304 | |||
305 | foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial |
|
305 | foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial | |
306 | foo.username = foo |
|
306 | foo.username = foo | |
307 | foo.password = bar |
|
307 | foo.password = bar | |
308 | foo.schemes = http https |
|
308 | foo.schemes = http https | |
309 |
|
309 | |||
310 | bar.prefix = secure.example.org |
|
310 | bar.prefix = secure.example.org | |
311 | bar.key = path/to/file.key |
|
311 | bar.key = path/to/file.key | |
312 | bar.cert = path/to/file.cert |
|
312 | bar.cert = path/to/file.cert | |
313 | bar.schemes = https |
|
313 | bar.schemes = https | |
314 |
|
314 | |||
315 | Supported arguments: |
|
315 | Supported arguments: | |
316 |
|
316 | |||
317 | ``prefix`` |
|
317 | ``prefix`` | |
318 | Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. |
|
318 | Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. | |
319 | The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used |
|
319 | The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used | |
320 | (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length |
|
320 | (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length | |
321 | 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed |
|
321 | 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed | |
322 | against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes |
|
322 | against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes | |
323 | argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. |
|
323 | argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. | |
324 |
|
324 | |||
325 | ``username`` |
|
325 | ``username`` | |
326 | Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
326 | Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the | |
327 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will |
|
327 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will | |
328 | be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the |
|
328 | be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the | |
329 | username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI |
|
329 | username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI | |
330 | includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching |
|
330 | includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching | |
331 | username or without a username will be considered. |
|
331 | username or without a username will be considered. | |
332 |
|
332 | |||
333 | ``password`` |
|
333 | ``password`` | |
334 | Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
334 | Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the | |
335 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user |
|
335 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user | |
336 | will be prompted for it. |
|
336 | will be prompted for it. | |
337 |
|
337 | |||
338 | ``key`` |
|
338 | ``key`` | |
339 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment |
|
339 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment | |
340 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
340 | variables are expanded in the filename. | |
341 |
|
341 | |||
342 | ``cert`` |
|
342 | ``cert`` | |
343 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment |
|
343 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment | |
344 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
344 | variables are expanded in the filename. | |
345 |
|
345 | |||
346 | ``schemes`` |
|
346 | ``schemes`` | |
347 | Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this |
|
347 | Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this | |
348 | authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include |
|
348 | authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include | |
349 | a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match |
|
349 | a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match | |
350 | static-http and static-https respectively, as well. |
|
350 | static-http and static-https respectively, as well. | |
351 |
|
|
351 | (default: https) | |
352 |
|
352 | |||
353 | If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted |
|
353 | If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted | |
354 | for credentials as usual if required by the remote. |
|
354 | for credentials as usual if required by the remote. | |
355 |
|
355 | |||
356 |
|
356 | |||
357 | ``committemplate`` |
|
357 | ``committemplate`` | |
358 | ------------------ |
|
358 | ------------------ | |
359 |
|
359 | |||
360 | ``changeset`` |
|
360 | ``changeset`` | |
361 | String: configuration in this section is used as the template to |
|
361 | String: configuration in this section is used as the template to | |
362 | customize the text shown in the editor when committing. |
|
362 | customize the text shown in the editor when committing. | |
363 |
|
363 | |||
364 | In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one |
|
364 | In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one | |
365 | below can be used for customization: |
|
365 | below can be used for customization: | |
366 |
|
366 | |||
367 | ``extramsg`` |
|
367 | ``extramsg`` | |
368 | String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort |
|
368 | String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort | |
369 | commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions. |
|
369 | commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions. | |
370 |
|
370 | |||
371 | For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as |
|
371 | For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as | |
372 | one shown by default:: |
|
372 | one shown by default:: | |
373 |
|
373 | |||
374 | [committemplate] |
|
374 | [committemplate] | |
375 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
375 | changeset = {desc}\n\n | |
376 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
376 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. | |
377 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
377 | HG: {extramsg} | |
378 | HG: -- |
|
378 | HG: -- | |
379 | HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "", |
|
379 | HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "", | |
380 | "HG: branch merge\n") |
|
380 | "HG: branch merge\n") | |
381 | }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark, |
|
381 | }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark, | |
382 | "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos % |
|
382 | "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos % | |
383 | "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds % |
|
383 | "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds % | |
384 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
384 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % | |
385 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
385 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % | |
386 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
386 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", | |
387 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
387 | "HG: no files changed\n")} | |
388 |
|
388 | |||
389 | .. note:: |
|
389 | .. note:: | |
390 |
|
390 | |||
391 | For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for |
|
391 | For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for | |
392 | detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to |
|
392 | detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to | |
393 | avoid showing broken characters. |
|
393 | avoid showing broken characters. | |
394 |
|
394 | |||
395 | For example, if multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is |
|
395 | For example, if multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is | |
396 | followed by ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, |
|
396 | followed by ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, | |
397 | sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly |
|
397 | sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly | |
398 | (and multibyte character is broken, too). |
|
398 | (and multibyte character is broken, too). | |
399 |
|
399 | |||
400 | Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be |
|
400 | Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be | |
401 | required): |
|
401 | required): | |
402 |
|
402 | |||
403 | - :hg:`backout` |
|
403 | - :hg:`backout` | |
404 | - :hg:`commit` |
|
404 | - :hg:`commit` | |
405 | - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only) |
|
405 | - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only) | |
406 | - :hg:`graft` |
|
406 | - :hg:`graft` | |
407 | - :hg:`histedit` |
|
407 | - :hg:`histedit` | |
408 | - :hg:`import` |
|
408 | - :hg:`import` | |
409 | - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
409 | - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh` | |
410 | - :hg:`rebase` |
|
410 | - :hg:`rebase` | |
411 | - :hg:`shelve` |
|
411 | - :hg:`shelve` | |
412 | - :hg:`sign` |
|
412 | - :hg:`sign` | |
413 | - :hg:`tag` |
|
413 | - :hg:`tag` | |
414 | - :hg:`transplant` |
|
414 | - :hg:`transplant` | |
415 |
|
415 | |||
416 | Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing |
|
416 | Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing | |
417 | customized message only for specific actions, or showing different |
|
417 | customized message only for specific actions, or showing different | |
418 | messages for each action. |
|
418 | messages for each action. | |
419 |
|
419 | |||
420 | - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout` |
|
420 | - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout` | |
421 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges |
|
421 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges | |
422 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other |
|
422 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other | |
423 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges |
|
423 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges | |
424 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other |
|
424 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other | |
425 | - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit) |
|
425 | - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit) | |
426 | - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign` |
|
426 | - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign` | |
427 | - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft` |
|
427 | - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft` | |
428 | - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
428 | - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
429 | - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
429 | - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
430 | - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
430 | - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
431 | - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
431 | - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit` | |
432 | - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass` |
|
432 | - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass` | |
433 | - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges |
|
433 | - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges | |
434 | - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other |
|
434 | - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other | |
435 | - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew` |
|
435 | - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew` | |
436 | - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold` |
|
436 | - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold` | |
437 | - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
437 | - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh` | |
438 | - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse` |
|
438 | - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse` | |
439 | - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges |
|
439 | - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges | |
440 | - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other |
|
440 | - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other | |
441 | - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve` |
|
441 | - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve` | |
442 | - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove`` |
|
442 | - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove`` | |
443 | - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove` |
|
443 | - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove` | |
444 | - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges |
|
444 | - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges | |
445 | - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other |
|
445 | - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other | |
446 |
|
446 | |||
447 | These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones. |
|
447 | These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones. | |
448 | For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message |
|
448 | For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message | |
449 | only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the |
|
449 | only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the | |
450 | commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option. |
|
450 | commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option. | |
451 |
|
451 | |||
452 | At the external editor invocation for committing, corresponding |
|
452 | At the external editor invocation for committing, corresponding | |
453 | dot-separated list of names without ``changeset.`` prefix |
|
453 | dot-separated list of names without ``changeset.`` prefix | |
454 | (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in ``HGEDITFORM`` environment variable. |
|
454 | (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in ``HGEDITFORM`` environment variable. | |
455 |
|
455 | |||
456 | In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from |
|
456 | In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from | |
457 | others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up |
|
457 | others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up | |
458 | below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``:: |
|
458 | below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``:: | |
459 |
|
459 | |||
460 | [committemplate] |
|
460 | [committemplate] | |
461 | listupfiles = {file_adds % |
|
461 | listupfiles = {file_adds % | |
462 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
462 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % | |
463 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
463 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % | |
464 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
464 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", | |
465 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
465 | "HG: no files changed\n")} | |
466 |
|
466 | |||
467 | ``decode/encode`` |
|
467 | ``decode/encode`` | |
468 | ----------------- |
|
468 | ----------------- | |
469 |
|
469 | |||
470 | Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would |
|
470 | Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would | |
471 | typically be used for newline processing or other |
|
471 | typically be used for newline processing or other | |
472 | localization/canonicalization of files. |
|
472 | localization/canonicalization of files. | |
473 |
|
473 | |||
474 | Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command. |
|
474 | Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command. | |
475 | Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root. |
|
475 | Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root. | |
476 | For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root |
|
476 | For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root | |
477 | directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending |
|
477 | directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending | |
478 | in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``. |
|
478 | in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``. | |
479 | For each file only the first matching filter applies. |
|
479 | For each file only the first matching filter applies. | |
480 |
|
480 | |||
481 | The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or |
|
481 | The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or | |
482 | ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default. |
|
482 | ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default. | |
483 |
|
483 | |||
484 | A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed |
|
484 | A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed | |
485 | data on stdout. |
|
485 | data on stdout. | |
486 |
|
486 | |||
487 | Pipe example:: |
|
487 | Pipe example:: | |
488 |
|
488 | |||
489 | [encode] |
|
489 | [encode] | |
490 | # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression |
|
490 | # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression | |
491 | # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example |
|
491 | # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example | |
492 | *.gz = pipe: gunzip |
|
492 | *.gz = pipe: gunzip | |
493 |
|
493 | |||
494 | [decode] |
|
494 | [decode] | |
495 | # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we |
|
495 | # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we | |
496 | # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) |
|
496 | # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) | |
497 | *.gz = gzip |
|
497 | *.gz = gzip | |
498 |
|
498 | |||
499 | A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced |
|
499 | A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced | |
500 | with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be |
|
500 | with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be | |
501 | filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name |
|
501 | filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name | |
502 | of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by |
|
502 | of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by | |
503 | the command. |
|
503 | the command. | |
504 |
|
504 | |||
505 | .. note:: |
|
505 | .. note:: | |
506 |
|
506 | |||
507 | The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems, |
|
507 | The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems, | |
508 | where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have |
|
508 | where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have | |
509 | strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. |
|
509 | strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. | |
510 |
|
510 | |||
511 | This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to |
|
511 | This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to | |
512 | translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) |
|
512 | translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) | |
513 | format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience. |
|
513 | format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience. | |
514 |
|
514 | |||
515 |
|
515 | |||
516 | ``defaults`` |
|
516 | ``defaults`` | |
517 | ------------ |
|
517 | ------------ | |
518 |
|
518 | |||
519 | (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.) |
|
519 | (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.) | |
520 |
|
520 | |||
521 | Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the |
|
521 | Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the | |
522 | default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands. |
|
522 | default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands. | |
523 |
|
523 | |||
524 | The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and |
|
524 | The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and | |
525 | :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default:: |
|
525 | :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default:: | |
526 |
|
526 | |||
527 | [defaults] |
|
527 | [defaults] | |
528 | log = -v |
|
528 | log = -v | |
529 | status = -m |
|
529 | status = -m | |
530 |
|
530 | |||
531 | The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when |
|
531 | The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when | |
532 | defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied |
|
532 | defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied | |
533 | to the aliases of the commands defined. |
|
533 | to the aliases of the commands defined. | |
534 |
|
534 | |||
535 |
|
535 | |||
536 | ``diff`` |
|
536 | ``diff`` | |
537 | -------- |
|
537 | -------- | |
538 |
|
538 | |||
539 | Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified`` |
|
539 | Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified`` | |
540 | is a Boolean and defaults to False. See ``annotate`` section for |
|
540 | is a Boolean and defaults to False. See ``annotate`` section for | |
541 | related options for the annotate command. |
|
541 | related options for the annotate command. | |
542 |
|
542 | |||
543 | ``git`` |
|
543 | ``git`` | |
544 | Use git extended diff format. |
|
544 | Use git extended diff format. | |
545 |
|
545 | |||
546 | ``nobinary`` |
|
546 | ``nobinary`` | |
547 | Omit git binary patches. |
|
547 | Omit git binary patches. | |
548 |
|
548 | |||
549 | ``nodates`` |
|
549 | ``nodates`` | |
550 | Don't include dates in diff headers. |
|
550 | Don't include dates in diff headers. | |
551 |
|
551 | |||
552 | ``noprefix`` |
|
552 | ``noprefix`` | |
553 | Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode. |
|
553 | Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode. | |
554 |
|
554 | |||
555 | ``showfunc`` |
|
555 | ``showfunc`` | |
556 | Show which function each change is in. |
|
556 | Show which function each change is in. | |
557 |
|
557 | |||
558 | ``ignorews`` |
|
558 | ``ignorews`` | |
559 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
559 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. | |
560 |
|
560 | |||
561 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
561 | ``ignorewsamount`` | |
562 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
562 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. | |
563 |
|
563 | |||
564 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
564 | ``ignoreblanklines`` | |
565 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
565 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. | |
566 |
|
566 | |||
567 | ``unified`` |
|
567 | ``unified`` | |
568 | Number of lines of context to show. |
|
568 | Number of lines of context to show. | |
569 |
|
569 | |||
570 | ``email`` |
|
570 | ``email`` | |
571 | --------- |
|
571 | --------- | |
572 |
|
572 | |||
573 | Settings for extensions that send email messages. |
|
573 | Settings for extensions that send email messages. | |
574 |
|
574 | |||
575 | ``from`` |
|
575 | ``from`` | |
576 | Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope |
|
576 | Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope | |
577 | of outgoing messages. |
|
577 | of outgoing messages. | |
578 |
|
578 | |||
579 | ``to`` |
|
579 | ``to`` | |
580 | Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses. |
|
580 | Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses. | |
581 |
|
581 | |||
582 | ``cc`` |
|
582 | ``cc`` | |
583 | Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients' |
|
583 | Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients' | |
584 | email addresses. |
|
584 | email addresses. | |
585 |
|
585 | |||
586 | ``bcc`` |
|
586 | ``bcc`` | |
587 | Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' |
|
587 | Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' | |
588 | email addresses. |
|
588 | email addresses. | |
589 |
|
589 | |||
590 | ``method`` |
|
590 | ``method`` | |
591 | Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp`` |
|
591 | Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp`` | |
592 | (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration). |
|
592 | (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration). | |
593 | Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail |
|
593 | Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail | |
594 | (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line, |
|
594 | (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line, | |
595 | message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or |
|
595 | message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or | |
596 | ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages. |
|
596 | ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages. | |
597 |
|
597 | |||
598 | ``charsets`` |
|
598 | ``charsets`` | |
599 | Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered |
|
599 | Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered | |
600 | convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not |
|
600 | convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not | |
601 | containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the |
|
601 | containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the | |
602 | first character set to which conversion from local encoding |
|
602 | first character set to which conversion from local encoding | |
603 | (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct |
|
603 | (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct | |
604 |
conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. |
|
604 | conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. | |
605 | empty (explicit) list. |
|
605 | (default: '') | |
606 |
|
606 | |||
607 | Order of outgoing email character sets: |
|
607 | Order of outgoing email character sets: | |
608 |
|
608 | |||
609 | 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings |
|
609 | 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings | |
610 | 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user |
|
610 | 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user | |
611 | 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets |
|
611 | 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets | |
612 | 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets |
|
612 | 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets | |
613 | 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings |
|
613 | 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings | |
614 |
|
614 | |||
615 | Email example:: |
|
615 | Email example:: | |
616 |
|
616 | |||
617 | [email] |
|
617 | [email] | |
618 | from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com> |
|
618 | from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com> | |
619 | method = /usr/sbin/sendmail |
|
619 | method = /usr/sbin/sendmail | |
620 | # charsets for western Europeans |
|
620 | # charsets for western Europeans | |
621 | # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last |
|
621 | # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last | |
622 | charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252 |
|
622 | charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252 | |
623 |
|
623 | |||
624 |
|
624 | |||
625 | ``extensions`` |
|
625 | ``extensions`` | |
626 | -------------- |
|
626 | -------------- | |
627 |
|
627 | |||
628 | Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To |
|
628 | Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To | |
629 | enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. |
|
629 | enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. | |
630 |
|
630 | |||
631 | If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, |
|
631 | If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, | |
632 | you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing |
|
632 | you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing | |
633 | after the ``=``. |
|
633 | after the ``=``. | |
634 |
|
634 | |||
635 | Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by |
|
635 | Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by | |
636 | the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that |
|
636 | the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that | |
637 | defines the extension. |
|
637 | defines the extension. | |
638 |
|
638 | |||
639 | To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of |
|
639 | To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of | |
640 | broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path`` |
|
640 | broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path`` | |
641 | or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied. |
|
641 | or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied. | |
642 |
|
642 | |||
643 | Example for ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
643 | Example for ``~/.hgrc``:: | |
644 |
|
644 | |||
645 | [extensions] |
|
645 | [extensions] | |
646 | # (the color extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path) |
|
646 | # (the color extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path) | |
647 | color = |
|
647 | color = | |
648 | # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) |
|
648 | # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) | |
649 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
649 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py | |
650 |
|
650 | |||
651 |
|
651 | |||
652 | ``format`` |
|
652 | ``format`` | |
653 | ---------- |
|
653 | ---------- | |
654 |
|
654 | |||
655 | ``usestore`` |
|
655 | ``usestore`` | |
656 | Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves |
|
656 | Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves | |
657 | compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle |
|
657 | compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle | |
658 | filenames. Enabled by default. Disabling this option will allow |
|
658 | filenames. Enabled by default. Disabling this option will allow | |
659 | you to store longer filenames in some situations at the expense of |
|
659 | you to store longer filenames in some situations at the expense of | |
660 | compatibility and ensures that the on-disk format of newly created |
|
660 | compatibility and ensures that the on-disk format of newly created | |
661 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 0.9.4. |
|
661 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 0.9.4. | |
662 |
|
662 | |||
663 | ``usefncache`` |
|
663 | ``usefncache`` | |
664 | Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances |
|
664 | Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances | |
665 | the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
665 | the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use | |
666 | fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows |
|
666 | fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows | |
667 | reserved names, e.g. "nul". Enabled by default. Disabling this |
|
667 | reserved names, e.g. "nul". Enabled by default. Disabling this | |
668 | option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created |
|
668 | option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created | |
669 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.1. |
|
669 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.1. | |
670 |
|
670 | |||
671 | ``dotencode`` |
|
671 | ``dotencode`` | |
672 | Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances |
|
672 | Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances | |
673 | the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
673 | the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use | |
674 | dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on |
|
674 | dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on | |
675 | Mac OS X and spaces on Windows. Enabled by default. Disabling this |
|
675 | Mac OS X and spaces on Windows. Enabled by default. Disabling this | |
676 | option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created |
|
676 | option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created | |
677 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.7. |
|
677 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.7. | |
678 |
|
678 | |||
679 | ``graph`` |
|
679 | ``graph`` | |
680 | --------- |
|
680 | --------- | |
681 |
|
681 | |||
682 | Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph |
|
682 | Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph | |
683 | elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the |
|
683 | elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the | |
684 | ``default`` branch stand out. |
|
684 | ``default`` branch stand out. | |
685 |
|
685 | |||
686 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
686 | Each line has the following format:: | |
687 |
|
687 | |||
688 | <branch>.<argument> = <value> |
|
688 | <branch>.<argument> = <value> | |
689 |
|
689 | |||
690 | where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being |
|
690 | where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being | |
691 | customized. Example:: |
|
691 | customized. Example:: | |
692 |
|
692 | |||
693 | [graph] |
|
693 | [graph] | |
694 | # 2px width |
|
694 | # 2px width | |
695 | default.width = 2 |
|
695 | default.width = 2 | |
696 | # red color |
|
696 | # red color | |
697 | default.color = FF0000 |
|
697 | default.color = FF0000 | |
698 |
|
698 | |||
699 | Supported arguments: |
|
699 | Supported arguments: | |
700 |
|
700 | |||
701 | ``width`` |
|
701 | ``width`` | |
702 | Set branch edges width in pixels. |
|
702 | Set branch edges width in pixels. | |
703 |
|
703 | |||
704 | ``color`` |
|
704 | ``color`` | |
705 | Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation. |
|
705 | Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation. | |
706 |
|
706 | |||
707 | ``hooks`` |
|
707 | ``hooks`` | |
708 | --------- |
|
708 | --------- | |
709 |
|
709 | |||
710 | Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by |
|
710 | Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by | |
711 | various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple |
|
711 | various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple | |
712 | hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the |
|
712 | hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the | |
713 | action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its |
|
713 | action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its | |
714 | value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized |
|
714 | value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized | |
715 | by adding a prefix of ``priority`` to the hook name on a new line |
|
715 | by adding a prefix of ``priority`` to the hook name on a new line | |
716 | and setting the priority. The default priority is 0. |
|
716 | and setting the priority. The default priority is 0. | |
717 |
|
717 | |||
718 | Example ``.hg/hgrc``:: |
|
718 | Example ``.hg/hgrc``:: | |
719 |
|
719 | |||
720 | [hooks] |
|
720 | [hooks] | |
721 | # update working directory after adding changesets |
|
721 | # update working directory after adding changesets | |
722 | changegroup.update = hg update |
|
722 | changegroup.update = hg update | |
723 | # do not use the site-wide hook |
|
723 | # do not use the site-wide hook | |
724 | incoming = |
|
724 | incoming = | |
725 | incoming.email = /my/email/hook |
|
725 | incoming.email = /my/email/hook | |
726 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
726 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook | |
727 | # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks |
|
727 | # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks | |
728 | priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 |
|
728 | priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 | |
729 |
|
729 | |||
730 | Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful |
|
730 | Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful | |
731 | additional information. For each hook below, the environment |
|
731 | additional information. For each hook below, the environment | |
732 | variables it is passed are listed with names of the form ``$HG_foo``. |
|
732 | variables it is passed are listed with names of the form ``$HG_foo``. | |
733 |
|
733 | |||
734 | ``changegroup`` |
|
734 | ``changegroup`` | |
735 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. |
|
735 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. | |
736 | ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. URL from which |
|
736 | ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. URL from which | |
737 | changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
737 | changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. | |
738 |
|
738 | |||
739 | ``commit`` |
|
739 | ``commit`` | |
740 | Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID |
|
740 | Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID | |
741 | of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
741 | of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset | |
742 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
742 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
743 |
|
743 | |||
744 | ``incoming`` |
|
744 | ``incoming`` | |
745 | Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into |
|
745 | Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into | |
746 | the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in |
|
746 | the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in | |
747 | ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
747 | ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. | |
748 |
|
748 | |||
749 | ``outgoing`` |
|
749 | ``outgoing`` | |
750 | Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of |
|
750 | Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of | |
751 | first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in |
|
751 | first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in | |
752 | ``$HG_SOURCE``; see "preoutgoing" hook for description. |
|
752 | ``$HG_SOURCE``; see "preoutgoing" hook for description. | |
753 |
|
753 | |||
754 | ``post-<command>`` |
|
754 | ``post-<command>`` | |
755 | Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The |
|
755 | Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The | |
756 | contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result |
|
756 | contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result | |
757 | code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as |
|
757 | code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as | |
758 | ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of |
|
758 | ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of | |
759 | the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a |
|
759 | the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a | |
760 | dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults). |
|
760 | dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults). | |
761 | ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored. |
|
761 | ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored. | |
762 |
|
762 | |||
763 | ``pre-<command>`` |
|
763 | ``pre-<command>`` | |
764 | Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the |
|
764 | Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the | |
765 | command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments |
|
765 | command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments | |
766 | are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string |
|
766 | are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string | |
767 | representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` |
|
767 | representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` | |
768 | is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their |
|
768 | is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their | |
769 | defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns |
|
769 | defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns | |
770 | failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
770 | failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure | |
771 | code. |
|
771 | code. | |
772 |
|
772 | |||
773 | ``prechangegroup`` |
|
773 | ``prechangegroup`` | |
774 | Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit |
|
774 | Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit | |
775 | status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will |
|
775 | status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will | |
776 | cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes |
|
776 | cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes | |
777 | will come is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
777 | will come is in ``$HG_URL``. | |
778 |
|
778 | |||
779 | ``precommit`` |
|
779 | ``precommit`` | |
780 | Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
780 | Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the | |
781 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail. |
|
781 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail. | |
782 | Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
782 | Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
783 |
|
783 | |||
784 | ``prelistkeys`` |
|
784 | ``prelistkeys`` | |
785 | Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the |
|
785 | Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the | |
786 | repository. Non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is |
|
786 | repository. Non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is | |
787 | in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. |
|
787 | in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. | |
788 |
|
788 | |||
789 | ``preoutgoing`` |
|
789 | ``preoutgoing`` | |
790 | Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to |
|
790 | Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to | |
791 | another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent |
|
791 | another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent | |
792 | pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push |
|
792 | pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push | |
793 | (outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can |
|
793 | (outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can | |
794 | just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in |
|
794 | just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in | |
795 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote |
|
795 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote | |
796 | SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation |
|
796 | SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation | |
797 | is happening on behalf of repository on same system. |
|
797 | is happening on behalf of repository on same system. | |
798 |
|
798 | |||
799 | ``prepushkey`` |
|
799 | ``prepushkey`` | |
800 | Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
800 | Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the | |
801 | repository. Non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The |
|
801 | repository. Non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The | |
802 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``, |
|
802 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``, | |
803 | the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in |
|
803 | the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in | |
804 | ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
804 | ``$HG_NEW``. | |
805 |
|
805 | |||
806 | ``pretag`` |
|
806 | ``pretag`` | |
807 | Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be |
|
807 | Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be | |
808 | created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of |
|
808 | created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of | |
809 | changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is |
|
809 | changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is | |
810 | local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
810 | local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. | |
811 |
|
811 | |||
812 | ``pretxnopen`` |
|
812 | ``pretxnopen`` | |
813 | Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the |
|
813 | Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the | |
814 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the |
|
814 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the | |
815 | transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the |
|
815 | transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the | |
816 | transaction from being opened. |
|
816 | transaction from being opened. | |
817 |
|
817 | |||
818 | ``pretxnclose`` |
|
818 | ``pretxnclose`` | |
819 | Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any |
|
819 | Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any | |
820 | repository change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you |
|
820 | repository change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you | |
821 | validate the transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows |
|
821 | validate the transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows | |
822 | the commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to |
|
822 | the commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to | |
823 | be rolled back. The reason for the transaction opening will be in |
|
823 | be rolled back. The reason for the transaction opening will be in | |
824 | ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in |
|
824 | ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in | |
825 | ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will vary according the |
|
825 | ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will vary according the | |
826 | transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (id of the |
|
826 | transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (id of the | |
827 | first added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables, |
|
827 | first added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables, | |
828 | bookmarks and phases changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and |
|
828 | bookmarks and phases changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and | |
829 | ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``, etc. |
|
829 | ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``, etc. | |
830 |
|
830 | |||
831 | ``txnclose`` |
|
831 | ``txnclose`` | |
832 | Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this |
|
832 | Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this | |
833 | point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run |
|
833 | point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run | |
834 | after the lock is released. See ``pretxnclose`` docs for details about |
|
834 | after the lock is released. See ``pretxnclose`` docs for details about | |
835 | available variables. |
|
835 | available variables. | |
836 |
|
836 | |||
837 | ``txnabort`` |
|
837 | ``txnabort`` | |
838 | Run when a transaction is aborted. See ``pretxnclose`` docs for details about |
|
838 | Run when a transaction is aborted. See ``pretxnclose`` docs for details about | |
839 | available variables. |
|
839 | available variables. | |
840 |
|
840 | |||
841 | ``pretxnchangegroup`` |
|
841 | ``pretxnchangegroup`` | |
842 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, |
|
842 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, | |
843 | but before the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is |
|
843 | but before the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is | |
844 | visible to hook program. This lets you validate incoming changes |
|
844 | visible to hook program. This lets you validate incoming changes | |
845 | before accepting them. Passed the ID of the first new changeset in |
|
845 | before accepting them. Passed the ID of the first new changeset in | |
846 | ``$HG_NODE``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero |
|
846 | ``$HG_NODE``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero | |
847 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back and the push, |
|
847 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back and the push, | |
848 | pull or unbundle will fail. URL that was source of changes is in |
|
848 | pull or unbundle will fail. URL that was source of changes is in | |
849 | ``$HG_URL``. |
|
849 | ``$HG_URL``. | |
850 |
|
850 | |||
851 | ``pretxncommit`` |
|
851 | ``pretxncommit`` | |
852 | Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet |
|
852 | Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet | |
853 | committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you |
|
853 | committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you | |
854 | validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
854 | validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the | |
855 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to |
|
855 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to | |
856 | be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
856 | be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset | |
857 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
857 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
858 |
|
858 | |||
859 | ``preupdate`` |
|
859 | ``preupdate`` | |
860 | Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows |
|
860 | Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows | |
861 | the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update. |
|
861 | the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update. | |
862 | Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID |
|
862 | Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID | |
863 | of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
863 | of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. | |
864 |
|
864 | |||
865 | ``listkeys`` |
|
865 | ``listkeys`` | |
866 | Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The |
|
866 | Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The | |
867 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a |
|
867 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a | |
868 | dictionary containing the keys and values. |
|
868 | dictionary containing the keys and values. | |
869 |
|
869 | |||
870 | ``pushkey`` |
|
870 | ``pushkey`` | |
871 | Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
871 | Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the | |
872 | repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in |
|
872 | repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in | |
873 | ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new |
|
873 | ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new | |
874 | value is in ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
874 | value is in ``$HG_NEW``. | |
875 |
|
875 | |||
876 | ``tag`` |
|
876 | ``tag`` | |
877 | Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. |
|
877 | Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. | |
878 | Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in |
|
878 | Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in | |
879 | repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
879 | repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. | |
880 |
|
880 | |||
881 | ``update`` |
|
881 | ``update`` | |
882 | Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first |
|
882 | Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first | |
883 | new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is |
|
883 | new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is | |
884 | in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the |
|
884 | in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the | |
885 | update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``. |
|
885 | update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``. | |
886 |
|
886 | |||
887 | .. note:: |
|
887 | .. note:: | |
888 |
|
888 | |||
889 | It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the |
|
889 | It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the | |
890 | generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be |
|
890 | generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be | |
891 | called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions. |
|
891 | called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions. | |
892 | Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that |
|
892 | Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that | |
893 | generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. |
|
893 | generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. | |
894 |
|
894 | |||
895 | .. note:: |
|
895 | .. note:: | |
896 |
|
896 | |||
897 | Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to |
|
897 | Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to | |
898 | hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` |
|
898 | hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` | |
899 | will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge |
|
899 | will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge | |
900 | changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. |
|
900 | changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. | |
901 |
|
901 | |||
902 | The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:: |
|
902 | The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:: | |
903 |
|
903 | |||
904 | hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable |
|
904 | hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable | |
905 | hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable |
|
905 | hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable | |
906 |
|
906 | |||
907 | Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is |
|
907 | Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is | |
908 | called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword |
|
908 | called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword | |
909 | ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype`` |
|
909 | ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype`` | |
910 | keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as |
|
910 | keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as | |
911 | environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no |
|
911 | environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no | |
912 | ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case. |
|
912 | ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case. | |
913 |
|
913 | |||
914 | If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this |
|
914 | If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this | |
915 | is treated as a failure. |
|
915 | is treated as a failure. | |
916 |
|
916 | |||
917 |
|
917 | |||
918 | ``hostfingerprints`` |
|
918 | ``hostfingerprints`` | |
919 | -------------------- |
|
919 | -------------------- | |
920 |
|
920 | |||
921 | Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers. |
|
921 | Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers. | |
922 | A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will |
|
922 | A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will | |
923 | only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint. |
|
923 | only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint. | |
924 | This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works. |
|
924 | This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works. | |
925 | The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate. |
|
925 | The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate. | |
926 | The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint. |
|
926 | The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint. | |
927 |
|
927 | |||
928 | For example:: |
|
928 | For example:: | |
929 |
|
929 | |||
930 | [hostfingerprints] |
|
930 | [hostfingerprints] | |
931 | hg.intevation.org = fa:1f:d9:48:f1:e7:74:30:38:8d:d8:58:b6:94:b8:58:28:7d:8b:d0 |
|
931 | hg.intevation.org = fa:1f:d9:48:f1:e7:74:30:38:8d:d8:58:b6:94:b8:58:28:7d:8b:d0 | |
932 |
|
932 | |||
933 | This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. |
|
933 | This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. | |
934 |
|
934 | |||
935 |
|
935 | |||
936 | ``http_proxy`` |
|
936 | ``http_proxy`` | |
937 | -------------- |
|
937 | -------------- | |
938 |
|
938 | |||
939 | Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP |
|
939 | Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP | |
940 | proxy. |
|
940 | proxy. | |
941 |
|
941 | |||
942 | ``host`` |
|
942 | ``host`` | |
943 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example |
|
943 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example | |
944 | "myproxy:8000". |
|
944 | "myproxy:8000". | |
945 |
|
945 | |||
946 | ``no`` |
|
946 | ``no`` | |
947 | Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass |
|
947 | Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass | |
948 | the proxy. |
|
948 | the proxy. | |
949 |
|
949 | |||
950 | ``passwd`` |
|
950 | ``passwd`` | |
951 | Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
951 | Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server. | |
952 |
|
952 | |||
953 | ``user`` |
|
953 | ``user`` | |
954 | Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
954 | Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server. | |
955 |
|
955 | |||
956 | ``always`` |
|
956 | ``always`` | |
957 | Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries |
|
957 | Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries | |
958 |
in ``http_proxy.no``. True or False. |
|
958 | in ``http_proxy.no``. True or False. (default: False) | |
959 |
|
959 | |||
960 | ``merge-patterns`` |
|
960 | ``merge-patterns`` | |
961 | ------------------ |
|
961 | ------------------ | |
962 |
|
962 | |||
963 | This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file |
|
963 | This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file | |
964 | patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default |
|
964 | patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default | |
965 | merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository |
|
965 | merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository | |
966 | root. |
|
966 | root. | |
967 |
|
967 | |||
968 | Example:: |
|
968 | Example:: | |
969 |
|
969 | |||
970 | [merge-patterns] |
|
970 | [merge-patterns] | |
971 | **.c = kdiff3 |
|
971 | **.c = kdiff3 | |
972 | **.jpg = myimgmerge |
|
972 | **.jpg = myimgmerge | |
973 |
|
973 | |||
974 | ``merge-tools`` |
|
974 | ``merge-tools`` | |
975 | --------------- |
|
975 | --------------- | |
976 |
|
976 | |||
977 | This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level |
|
977 | This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level | |
978 | merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time. |
|
978 | merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time. | |
979 | Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration. |
|
979 | Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration. | |
980 | Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details. |
|
980 | Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details. | |
981 |
|
981 | |||
982 | Example ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
982 | Example ``~/.hgrc``:: | |
983 |
|
983 | |||
984 | [merge-tools] |
|
984 | [merge-tools] | |
985 | # Override stock tool location |
|
985 | # Override stock tool location | |
986 | kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 |
|
986 | kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 | |
987 | # Specify command line |
|
987 | # Specify command line | |
988 | kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output |
|
988 | kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output | |
989 | # Give higher priority |
|
989 | # Give higher priority | |
990 | kdiff3.priority = 1 |
|
990 | kdiff3.priority = 1 | |
991 |
|
991 | |||
992 | # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool |
|
992 | # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool | |
993 | vimdiff.priority = 0 |
|
993 | vimdiff.priority = 0 | |
994 |
|
994 | |||
995 | # Define new tool |
|
995 | # Define new tool | |
996 | myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output |
|
996 | myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output | |
997 | myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge |
|
997 | myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge | |
998 | myHtmlTool.priority = 1 |
|
998 | myHtmlTool.priority = 1 | |
999 |
|
999 | |||
1000 | Supported arguments: |
|
1000 | Supported arguments: | |
1001 |
|
1001 | |||
1002 | ``priority`` |
|
1002 | ``priority`` | |
1003 | The priority in which to evaluate this tool. |
|
1003 | The priority in which to evaluate this tool. | |
1004 |
|
|
1004 | (default: 0) | |
1005 |
|
1005 | |||
1006 | ``executable`` |
|
1006 | ``executable`` | |
1007 | Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. On Windows, |
|
1007 | Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. On Windows, | |
1008 | the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} syntax. |
|
1008 | the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} syntax. | |
1009 |
|
|
1009 | (default: the tool name) | |
1010 |
|
1010 | |||
1011 | ``args`` |
|
1011 | ``args`` | |
1012 | The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the |
|
1012 | The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the | |
1013 | files being merged as well as the output file through these |
|
1013 | files being merged as well as the output file through these | |
1014 | variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning |
|
1014 | variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning | |
1015 | of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being |
|
1015 | of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being | |
1016 | performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original |
|
1016 | performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original | |
1017 | state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating |
|
1017 | state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating | |
1018 | to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local`` |
|
1018 | to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local`` | |
1019 | represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the |
|
1019 | represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the | |
1020 | commit being rebased. |
|
1020 | commit being rebased. | |
1021 |
|
|
1021 | (default: ``$local $base $other``) | |
1022 |
|
1022 | |||
1023 | ``premerge`` |
|
1023 | ``premerge`` | |
1024 | Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before |
|
1024 | Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before | |
1025 | launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or |
|
1025 | launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or | |
1026 | ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the |
|
1026 | ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the | |
1027 | premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information |
|
1027 | premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information | |
1028 | about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in |
|
1028 | about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in | |
1029 | :hg:`help merge-tools`). |
|
1029 | :hg:`help merge-tools`). | |
1030 |
|
|
1030 | (default: True) | |
1031 |
|
1031 | |||
1032 | ``binary`` |
|
1032 | ``binary`` | |
1033 |
This tool can merge binary files. |
|
1033 | This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool | |
1034 |
was selected by file pattern match |
|
1034 | was selected by file pattern match) | |
1035 |
|
1035 | |||
1036 | ``symlink`` |
|
1036 | ``symlink`` | |
1037 |
This tool can merge symlinks. |
|
1037 | This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False) | |
1038 | selected by file pattern match. |
|
|||
1039 |
|
1038 | |||
1040 | ``check`` |
|
1039 | ``check`` | |
1041 | A list of merge success-checking options:: |
|
1040 | A list of merge success-checking options:: | |
1042 |
|
1041 | |||
1043 | ``changed`` |
|
1042 | ``changed`` | |
1044 | Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes. |
|
1043 | Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes. | |
1045 | ``conflicts`` |
|
1044 | ``conflicts`` | |
1046 | Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success. |
|
1045 | Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success. | |
1047 | ``prompt`` |
|
1046 | ``prompt`` | |
1048 | Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool. |
|
1047 | Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool. | |
1049 |
|
1048 | |||
1050 | ``fixeol`` |
|
1049 | ``fixeol`` | |
1051 | Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool. |
|
1050 | Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool. | |
1052 |
|
|
1051 | (default: False) | |
1053 |
|
1052 | |||
1054 | ``gui`` |
|
1053 | ``gui`` | |
1055 |
This tool requires a graphical interface to run. |
|
1054 | This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False) | |
1056 |
|
1055 | |||
1057 | ``regkey`` |
|
1056 | ``regkey`` | |
1058 | Windows registry key which describes install location of this |
|
1057 | Windows registry key which describes install location of this | |
1059 | tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under |
|
1058 | tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under | |
1060 | ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``. |
|
1059 | ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``. | |
1061 |
|
|
1060 | (default: None) | |
1062 |
|
1061 | |||
1063 | ``regkeyalt`` |
|
1062 | ``regkeyalt`` | |
1064 | An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not |
|
1063 | An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not | |
1065 | found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend`` |
|
1064 | found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend`` | |
1066 | semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key |
|
1065 | semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key | |
1067 | is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems. |
|
1066 | is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems. | |
1068 |
|
|
1067 | (default: None) | |
1069 |
|
1068 | |||
1070 | ``regname`` |
|
1069 | ``regname`` | |
1071 |
Name of value to read from specified registry key. |
|
1070 | Name of value to read from specified registry key. | |
1072 |
unnamed (default) value |
|
1071 | (default: the unnamed (default) value) | |
1073 |
|
1072 | |||
1074 | ``regappend`` |
|
1073 | ``regappend`` | |
1075 | String to append to the value read from the registry, typically |
|
1074 | String to append to the value read from the registry, typically | |
1076 | the executable name of the tool. |
|
1075 | the executable name of the tool. | |
1077 |
|
|
1076 | (default: None) | |
1078 |
|
1077 | |||
1079 |
|
1078 | |||
1080 | ``patch`` |
|
1079 | ``patch`` | |
1081 | --------- |
|
1080 | --------- | |
1082 |
|
1081 | |||
1083 | Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' |
|
1082 | Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' | |
1084 | command or with Mercurial Queues extension. |
|
1083 | command or with Mercurial Queues extension. | |
1085 |
|
1084 | |||
1086 | ``eol`` |
|
1085 | ``eol`` | |
1087 | When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines |
|
1086 | When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines | |
1088 | are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of |
|
1087 | are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of | |
1089 | lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are |
|
1088 | lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are | |
1090 | normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to |
|
1089 | normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to | |
1091 | ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line |
|
1090 | ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line | |
1092 | endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting |
|
1091 | endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting | |
1093 | on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end |
|
1092 | on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end | |
1094 | of line, patch line endings are preserved. |
|
1093 | of line, patch line endings are preserved. | |
1095 |
|
|
1094 | (default: strict) | |
1096 |
|
1095 | |||
1097 | ``fuzz`` |
|
1096 | ``fuzz`` | |
1098 | The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This |
|
1097 | The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This | |
1099 | controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when |
|
1098 | controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when | |
1100 | trying to apply a patch. |
|
1099 | trying to apply a patch. | |
1101 |
|
|
1100 | (default: 2) | |
1102 |
|
1101 | |||
1103 | ``paths`` |
|
1102 | ``paths`` | |
1104 | --------- |
|
1103 | --------- | |
1105 |
|
1104 | |||
1106 | Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the |
|
1105 | Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the | |
1107 | symbolic name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the |
|
1106 | symbolic name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the | |
1108 | location of the repository. Default paths can be declared by setting |
|
1107 | location of the repository. Default paths can be declared by setting | |
1109 | the following entries. |
|
1108 | the following entries. | |
1110 |
|
1109 | |||
1111 | ``default`` |
|
1110 | ``default`` | |
1112 | Directory or URL to use when pulling if no source is specified. |
|
1111 | Directory or URL to use when pulling if no source is specified. | |
1113 |
|
|
1112 | (default: repository from which the current repository was cloned) | |
1114 | cloned. |
|
|||
1115 |
|
1113 | |||
1116 | ``default-push`` |
|
1114 | ``default-push`` | |
1117 | Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination |
|
1115 | Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination | |
1118 | is specified. |
|
1116 | is specified. | |
1119 |
|
1117 | |||
1120 | Custom paths can be defined by assigning the path to a name that later can be |
|
1118 | Custom paths can be defined by assigning the path to a name that later can be | |
1121 | used from the command line. Example:: |
|
1119 | used from the command line. Example:: | |
1122 |
|
1120 | |||
1123 | [paths] |
|
1121 | [paths] | |
1124 | my_path = http://example.com/path |
|
1122 | my_path = http://example.com/path | |
1125 |
|
1123 | |||
1126 | To push to the path defined in ``my_path`` run the command:: |
|
1124 | To push to the path defined in ``my_path`` run the command:: | |
1127 |
|
1125 | |||
1128 | hg push my_path |
|
1126 | hg push my_path | |
1129 |
|
1127 | |||
1130 |
|
1128 | |||
1131 | ``phases`` |
|
1129 | ``phases`` | |
1132 | ---------- |
|
1130 | ---------- | |
1133 |
|
1131 | |||
1134 | Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more |
|
1132 | Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more | |
1135 | information about working with phases. |
|
1133 | information about working with phases. | |
1136 |
|
1134 | |||
1137 | ``publish`` |
|
1135 | ``publish`` | |
1138 | Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, |
|
1136 | Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, | |
1139 | pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and |
|
1137 | pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and | |
1140 | pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. |
|
1138 | pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. | |
1141 |
|
|
1139 | (default: True) | |
1142 |
|
1140 | |||
1143 | ``new-commit`` |
|
1141 | ``new-commit`` | |
1144 | Phase of newly-created commits. |
|
1142 | Phase of newly-created commits. | |
1145 |
|
|
1143 | (default: draft) | |
1146 |
|
1144 | |||
1147 | ``checksubrepos`` |
|
1145 | ``checksubrepos`` | |
1148 | Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed |
|
1146 | Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed | |
1149 | values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than |
|
1147 | values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than | |
1150 | "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is |
|
1148 | "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is | |
1151 | checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is |
|
1149 | checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is | |
1152 | greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a |
|
1150 | greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a | |
1153 | "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is |
|
1151 | "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is | |
1154 | either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is |
|
1152 | either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is | |
1155 | used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow"). |
|
1153 | used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow"). | |
1156 |
|
|
1154 | (default: follow) | |
1157 |
|
1155 | |||
1158 |
|
1156 | |||
1159 | ``profiling`` |
|
1157 | ``profiling`` | |
1160 | ------------- |
|
1158 | ------------- | |
1161 |
|
1159 | |||
1162 | Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are |
|
1160 | Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are | |
1163 | supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling |
|
1161 | supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling | |
1164 | profiler (named ``stat``). |
|
1162 | profiler (named ``stat``). | |
1165 |
|
1163 | |||
1166 | In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data |
|
1164 | In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data | |
1167 | collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a |
|
1165 | collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a | |
1168 | statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The |
|
1166 | statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The | |
1169 | profiling is done using lsprof. |
|
1167 | profiling is done using lsprof. | |
1170 |
|
1168 | |||
1171 | ``type`` |
|
1169 | ``type`` | |
1172 | The type of profiler to use. |
|
1170 | The type of profiler to use. | |
1173 |
|
|
1171 | (default: ls) | |
1174 |
|
1172 | |||
1175 | ``ls`` |
|
1173 | ``ls`` | |
1176 | Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler |
|
1174 | Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler | |
1177 | works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the |
|
1175 | works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the | |
1178 | first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to |
|
1176 | first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to | |
1179 | identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function. |
|
1177 | identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function. | |
1180 | ``stat`` |
|
1178 | ``stat`` | |
1181 | Use a third-party statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler |
|
1179 | Use a third-party statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler | |
1182 | currently runs only on Unix systems, and is most useful for |
|
1180 | currently runs only on Unix systems, and is most useful for | |
1183 | profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1 seconds. |
|
1181 | profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1 seconds. | |
1184 |
|
1182 | |||
1185 | ``format`` |
|
1183 | ``format`` | |
1186 | Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1184 | Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1187 |
|
|
1185 | (default: text) | |
1188 |
|
1186 | |||
1189 | ``text`` |
|
1187 | ``text`` | |
1190 | Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be |
|
1188 | Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be | |
1191 | noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is |
|
1189 | noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is | |
1192 | not kept. |
|
1190 | not kept. | |
1193 | ``kcachegrind`` |
|
1191 | ``kcachegrind`` | |
1194 | Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a |
|
1192 | Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a | |
1195 | file, the generated file can directly be loaded into |
|
1193 | file, the generated file can directly be loaded into | |
1196 | kcachegrind. |
|
1194 | kcachegrind. | |
1197 |
|
1195 | |||
1198 | ``frequency`` |
|
1196 | ``frequency`` | |
1199 | Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler. |
|
1197 | Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler. | |
1200 |
|
|
1198 | (default: 1000) | |
1201 |
|
1199 | |||
1202 | ``output`` |
|
1200 | ``output`` | |
1203 | File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the |
|
1201 | File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the | |
1204 |
file exists, it is replaced. |
|
1202 | file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on | |
1205 | stderr |
|
1203 | stderr) | |
1206 |
|
1204 | |||
1207 | ``sort`` |
|
1205 | ``sort`` | |
1208 | Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1206 | Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1209 | One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and |
|
1207 | One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and | |
1210 | ``inlinetime``. |
|
1208 | ``inlinetime``. | |
1211 |
|
|
1209 | (default: inlinetime) | |
1212 |
|
1210 | |||
1213 | ``limit`` |
|
1211 | ``limit`` | |
1214 | Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1212 | Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1215 |
|
|
1213 | (default: 30) | |
1216 |
|
1214 | |||
1217 | ``nested`` |
|
1215 | ``nested`` | |
1218 | Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry. |
|
1216 | Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry. | |
1219 | This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline. |
|
1217 | This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline. | |
1220 | Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1218 | Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. | |
1221 |
|
|
1219 | (default: 5) | |
1222 |
|
1220 | |||
1223 | ``progress`` |
|
1221 | ``progress`` | |
1224 | ------------ |
|
1222 | ------------ | |
1225 |
|
1223 | |||
1226 | Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as |
|
1224 | Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as | |
1227 | possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others |
|
1225 | possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others | |
1228 | have a definite end point. |
|
1226 | have a definite end point. | |
1229 |
|
1227 | |||
1230 | ``delay`` |
|
1228 | ``delay`` | |
1231 | Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3) |
|
1229 | Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3) | |
1232 |
|
1230 | |||
1233 | ``changedelay`` |
|
1231 | ``changedelay`` | |
1234 | Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh, |
|
1232 | Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh, | |
1235 | that value will be used instead. (default: 1) |
|
1233 | that value will be used instead. (default: 1) | |
1236 |
|
1234 | |||
1237 | ``refresh`` |
|
1235 | ``refresh`` | |
1238 | Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1) |
|
1236 | Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1) | |
1239 |
|
1237 | |||
1240 | ``format`` |
|
1238 | ``format`` | |
1241 | Format of the progress bar. |
|
1239 | Format of the progress bar. | |
1242 |
|
1240 | |||
1243 | Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``, |
|
1241 | Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``, | |
1244 | ``unit``, ``estimate``, speed, and item. item defaults to the last 20 |
|
1242 | ``unit``, ``estimate``, speed, and item. item defaults to the last 20 | |
1245 | characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either ``-<num>`` |
|
1243 | characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either ``-<num>`` | |
1246 | which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the first num |
|
1244 | which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the first num | |
1247 | characters. |
|
1245 | characters. | |
1248 |
|
1246 | |||
1249 | (default: Topic bar number estimate) |
|
1247 | (default: Topic bar number estimate) | |
1250 |
|
1248 | |||
1251 | ``width`` |
|
1249 | ``width`` | |
1252 | If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width, |
|
1250 | If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width, | |
1253 | term width) will be used). |
|
1251 | term width) will be used). | |
1254 |
|
1252 | |||
1255 | ``clear-complete`` |
|
1253 | ``clear-complete`` | |
1256 |
clear the progress bar after it's done (default |
|
1254 | clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True) | |
1257 |
|
1255 | |||
1258 | ``disable`` |
|
1256 | ``disable`` | |
1259 | If true, don't show a progress bar. |
|
1257 | If true, don't show a progress bar. | |
1260 |
|
1258 | |||
1261 | ``assume-tty`` |
|
1259 | ``assume-tty`` | |
1262 | If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given. |
|
1260 | If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given. | |
1263 |
|
1261 | |||
1264 | ``revsetalias`` |
|
1262 | ``revsetalias`` | |
1265 | --------------- |
|
1263 | --------------- | |
1266 |
|
1264 | |||
1267 | Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details. |
|
1265 | Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details. | |
1268 |
|
1266 | |||
1269 | ``server`` |
|
1267 | ``server`` | |
1270 | ---------- |
|
1268 | ---------- | |
1271 |
|
1269 | |||
1272 | Controls generic server settings. |
|
1270 | Controls generic server settings. | |
1273 |
|
1271 | |||
1274 | ``uncompressed`` |
|
1272 | ``uncompressed`` | |
1275 | Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the |
|
1273 | Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the | |
1276 | uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more |
|
1274 | uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more | |
1277 | data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both |
|
1275 | data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both | |
1278 | server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast |
|
1276 | server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast | |
1279 | WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a |
|
1277 | WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a | |
1280 | regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than |
|
1278 | regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than | |
1281 | about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the |
|
1279 | about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the | |
1282 | extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold |
|
1280 | extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold | |
1283 | the write lock while determining what data to transfer. |
|
1281 | the write lock while determining what data to transfer. | |
1284 |
|
|
1282 | (default: True) | |
1285 |
|
1283 | |||
1286 | ``preferuncompressed`` |
|
1284 | ``preferuncompressed`` | |
1287 | When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming |
|
1285 | When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming | |
1288 |
protocol. |
|
1286 | protocol. (default: False) | |
1289 |
|
1287 | |||
1290 | ``validate`` |
|
1288 | ``validate`` | |
1291 | Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by |
|
1289 | Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by | |
1292 | checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are |
|
1290 | checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are | |
1293 |
present. |
|
1291 | present. (default: False) | |
1294 |
|
1292 | |||
1295 | ``maxhttpheaderlen`` |
|
1293 | ``maxhttpheaderlen`` | |
1296 | Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this |
|
1294 | Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this | |
1297 |
many bytes. |
|
1295 | many bytes. (default: 1024) | |
1298 |
|
1296 | |||
1299 | ``smtp`` |
|
1297 | ``smtp`` | |
1300 | -------- |
|
1298 | -------- | |
1301 |
|
1299 | |||
1302 | Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages. |
|
1300 | Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages. | |
1303 |
|
1301 | |||
1304 | ``host`` |
|
1302 | ``host`` | |
1305 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". |
|
1303 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". | |
1306 |
|
1304 | |||
1307 | ``port`` |
|
1305 | ``port`` | |
1308 |
Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. |
|
1306 | Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if | |
1309 |
``tls`` is smtps |
|
1307 | ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise) | |
1310 |
|
1308 | |||
1311 | ``tls`` |
|
1309 | ``tls`` | |
1312 | Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls, |
|
1310 | Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls, | |
1313 |
smtps or none. |
|
1311 | smtps or none. (default: none) | |
1314 |
|
1312 | |||
1315 | ``verifycert`` |
|
1313 | ``verifycert`` | |
1316 | Optional. Verification for the certificate of mail server, when |
|
1314 | Optional. Verification for the certificate of mail server, when | |
1317 | ``tls`` is starttls or smtps. "strict", "loose" or False. For |
|
1315 | ``tls`` is starttls or smtps. "strict", "loose" or False. For | |
1318 | "strict" or "loose", the certificate is verified as same as the |
|
1316 | "strict" or "loose", the certificate is verified as same as the | |
1319 | verification for HTTPS connections (see ``[hostfingerprints]`` and |
|
1317 | verification for HTTPS connections (see ``[hostfingerprints]`` and | |
1320 | ``[web] cacerts`` also). For "strict", sending email is also |
|
1318 | ``[web] cacerts`` also). For "strict", sending email is also | |
1321 | aborted, if there is no configuration for mail server in |
|
1319 | aborted, if there is no configuration for mail server in | |
1322 | ``[hostfingerprints]`` and ``[web] cacerts``. --insecure for |
|
1320 | ``[hostfingerprints]`` and ``[web] cacerts``. --insecure for | |
1323 |
:hg:`email` overwrites this as "loose". |
|
1321 | :hg:`email` overwrites this as "loose". (default: strict) | |
1324 |
|
1322 | |||
1325 | ``username`` |
|
1323 | ``username`` | |
1326 | Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server. |
|
1324 | Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server. | |
1327 |
|
|
1325 | (default: None) | |
1328 |
|
1326 | |||
1329 | ``password`` |
|
1327 | ``password`` | |
1330 | Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not |
|
1328 | Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not | |
1331 | specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a |
|
1329 | specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a | |
1332 |
password; non-interactive sessions will fail. |
|
1330 | password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None) | |
1333 |
|
1331 | |||
1334 | ``local_hostname`` |
|
1332 | ``local_hostname`` | |
1335 | Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
1333 | Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify | |
1336 | itself to the MTA. |
|
1334 | itself to the MTA. | |
1337 |
|
1335 | |||
1338 |
|
1336 | |||
1339 | ``subpaths`` |
|
1337 | ``subpaths`` | |
1340 | ------------ |
|
1338 | ------------ | |
1341 |
|
1339 | |||
1342 | Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name |
|
1340 | Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name | |
1343 | or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define |
|
1341 | or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define | |
1344 | rewrite rules of the form:: |
|
1342 | rewrite rules of the form:: | |
1345 |
|
1343 | |||
1346 | <pattern> = <replacement> |
|
1344 | <pattern> = <replacement> | |
1347 |
|
1345 | |||
1348 | where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository |
|
1346 | where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository | |
1349 | source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to |
|
1347 | source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to | |
1350 | rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in |
|
1348 | rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in | |
1351 | ``replacements``. For instance:: |
|
1349 | ``replacements``. For instance:: | |
1352 |
|
1350 | |||
1353 | http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/ |
|
1351 | http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/ | |
1354 |
|
1352 | |||
1355 | rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``. |
|
1353 | rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``. | |
1356 |
|
1354 | |||
1357 | Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the |
|
1355 | Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the | |
1358 | rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. The rules |
|
1356 | rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. The rules | |
1359 | are applied in definition order. |
|
1357 | are applied in definition order. | |
1360 |
|
1358 | |||
1361 | ``trusted`` |
|
1359 | ``trusted`` | |
1362 | ----------- |
|
1360 | ----------- | |
1363 |
|
1361 | |||
1364 | Mercurial will not use the settings in the |
|
1362 | Mercurial will not use the settings in the | |
1365 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted |
|
1363 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted | |
1366 | user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary |
|
1364 | user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary | |
1367 | commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring |
|
1365 | commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring | |
1368 | hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, |
|
1366 | hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, | |
1369 | the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]`` |
|
1367 | the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]`` | |
1370 | section. |
|
1368 | section. | |
1371 |
|
1369 | |||
1372 | This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The |
|
1370 | This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The | |
1373 | current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a |
|
1371 | current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a | |
1374 | group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an |
|
1372 | group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an | |
1375 | *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the |
|
1373 | *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the | |
1376 | user or service running Mercurial. |
|
1374 | user or service running Mercurial. | |
1377 |
|
1375 | |||
1378 | ``users`` |
|
1376 | ``users`` | |
1379 | Comma-separated list of trusted users. |
|
1377 | Comma-separated list of trusted users. | |
1380 |
|
1378 | |||
1381 | ``groups`` |
|
1379 | ``groups`` | |
1382 | Comma-separated list of trusted groups. |
|
1380 | Comma-separated list of trusted groups. | |
1383 |
|
1381 | |||
1384 |
|
1382 | |||
1385 | ``ui`` |
|
1383 | ``ui`` | |
1386 | ------ |
|
1384 | ------ | |
1387 |
|
1385 | |||
1388 | User interface controls. |
|
1386 | User interface controls. | |
1389 |
|
1387 | |||
1390 | ``archivemeta`` |
|
1388 | ``archivemeta`` | |
1391 | Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data |
|
1389 | Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data | |
1392 | (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created |
|
1390 | (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created | |
1393 | by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb. |
|
1391 | by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb. | |
1394 |
|
|
1392 | (default: True) | |
1395 |
|
1393 | |||
1396 | ``askusername`` |
|
1394 | ``askusername`` | |
1397 | Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and |
|
1395 | Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and | |
1398 | neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will |
|
1396 | neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will | |
1399 | be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the |
|
1397 | be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the | |
1400 | default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead. |
|
1398 | default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead. | |
1401 |
|
|
1399 | (default: False) | |
1402 |
|
1400 | |||
1403 | ``commitsubrepos`` |
|
1401 | ``commitsubrepos`` | |
1404 | Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the |
|
1402 | Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the | |
1405 | parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted |
|
1403 | parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted | |
1406 | changes, abort the commit. |
|
1404 | changes, abort the commit. | |
1407 |
|
|
1405 | (default: False) | |
1408 |
|
1406 | |||
1409 | ``debug`` |
|
1407 | ``debug`` | |
1410 |
Print debugging information. True or False. |
|
1408 | Print debugging information. True or False. (default: False) | |
1411 |
|
1409 | |||
1412 | ``editor`` |
|
1410 | ``editor`` | |
1413 |
The editor to use during a commit. |
|
1411 | The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``) | |
1414 |
|
1412 | |||
1415 | ``fallbackencoding`` |
|
1413 | ``fallbackencoding`` | |
1416 | Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using |
|
1414 | Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using | |
1417 |
UTF-8. |
|
1415 | UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1) | |
1418 |
|
1416 | |||
1419 | ``ignore`` |
|
1417 | ``ignore`` | |
1420 | A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be |
|
1418 | A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be | |
1421 | in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames |
|
1419 | in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames | |
1422 | are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax, |
|
1420 | are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax, | |
1423 | so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by |
|
1421 | so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by | |
1424 | setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details |
|
1422 | setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details | |
1425 | of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page. |
|
1423 | of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page. | |
1426 |
|
1424 | |||
1427 | ``interactive`` |
|
1425 | ``interactive`` | |
1428 |
Allow to prompt the user. True or False. |
|
1426 | Allow to prompt the user. True or False. (default: True) | |
1429 |
|
1427 | |||
1430 | ``logtemplate`` |
|
1428 | ``logtemplate`` | |
1431 | Template string for commands that print changesets. |
|
1429 | Template string for commands that print changesets. | |
1432 |
|
1430 | |||
1433 | ``merge`` |
|
1431 | ``merge`` | |
1434 | The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. |
|
1432 | The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. | |
1435 | For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`. |
|
1433 | For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`. | |
1436 | For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. |
|
1434 | For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. | |
1437 |
|
1435 | |||
1438 | ``mergemarkers`` |
|
1436 | ``mergemarkers`` | |
1439 | Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` |
|
1437 | Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` | |
1440 | style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels. |
|
1438 | style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels. | |
1441 | The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label. |
|
1439 | The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label. | |
1442 | One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``. |
|
1440 | One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``. | |
1443 |
|
|
1441 | (default: ``basic``) | |
1444 |
|
1442 | |||
1445 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` |
|
1443 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` | |
1446 | The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict |
|
1444 | The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict | |
1447 | marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template |
|
1445 | marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template | |
1448 | format. |
|
1446 | format. | |
1449 |
|
1447 | |||
1450 | Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and |
|
1448 | Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and | |
1451 | the first line of the commit description. |
|
1449 | the first line of the commit description. | |
1452 |
|
1450 | |||
1453 | If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks, |
|
1451 | If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks, | |
1454 | authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of |
|
1452 | authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of | |
1455 | managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding |
|
1453 | managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding | |
1456 | specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other |
|
1454 | specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other | |
1457 | environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge |
|
1455 | environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge | |
1458 | markers is different from the encoding of the merged files, |
|
1456 | markers is different from the encoding of the merged files, | |
1459 | serious problems may occur. |
|
1457 | serious problems may occur. | |
1460 |
|
1458 | |||
1461 | ``patch`` |
|
1459 | ``patch`` | |
1462 | An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions |
|
1460 | An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions | |
1463 | will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an |
|
1461 | will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an | |
1464 | internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common |
|
1462 | internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common | |
1465 | Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p`` |
|
1463 | Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p`` | |
1466 | argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the |
|
1464 | argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the | |
1467 | current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take |
|
1465 | current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take | |
1468 | from stdin. |
|
1466 | from stdin. | |
1469 |
|
1467 | |||
1470 | It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra |
|
1468 | It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra | |
1471 | arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge`` |
|
1469 | arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge`` | |
1472 | will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option. |
|
1470 | will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option. | |
1473 |
|
1471 | |||
1474 | ``portablefilenames`` |
|
1472 | ``portablefilenames`` | |
1475 | Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``. |
|
1473 | Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``. | |
1476 |
|
|
1474 | (default: ``warn``) | |
1477 | If set to ``warn`` (or ``true``), a warning message is printed on POSIX |
|
1475 | If set to ``warn`` (or ``true``), a warning message is printed on POSIX | |
1478 | platforms, if a file with a non-portable filename is added (e.g. a file |
|
1476 | platforms, if a file with a non-portable filename is added (e.g. a file | |
1479 | with a name that can't be created on Windows because it contains reserved |
|
1477 | with a name that can't be created on Windows because it contains reserved | |
1480 | parts like ``AUX``, reserved characters like ``:``, or would cause a case |
|
1478 | parts like ``AUX``, reserved characters like ``:``, or would cause a case | |
1481 | collision with an existing file). |
|
1479 | collision with an existing file). | |
1482 | If set to ``ignore`` (or ``false``), no warning is printed. |
|
1480 | If set to ``ignore`` (or ``false``), no warning is printed. | |
1483 | If set to ``abort``, the command is aborted. |
|
1481 | If set to ``abort``, the command is aborted. | |
1484 | On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted. |
|
1482 | On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted. | |
1485 |
|
1483 | |||
1486 | ``quiet`` |
|
1484 | ``quiet`` | |
1487 |
Reduce the amount of output printed. True or False. |
|
1485 | Reduce the amount of output printed. True or False. (default: False) | |
1488 |
|
1486 | |||
1489 | ``remotecmd`` |
|
1487 | ``remotecmd`` | |
1490 |
remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. |
|
1488 | remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. (default: ``hg``) | |
1491 |
|
1489 | |||
1492 | ``report_untrusted`` |
|
1490 | ``report_untrusted`` | |
1493 | Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a |
|
1491 | Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a | |
1494 |
trusted user or group. True or False. |
|
1492 | trusted user or group. True or False. (default: True) | |
1495 |
|
1493 | |||
1496 | ``slash`` |
|
1494 | ``slash`` | |
1497 | Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This |
|
1495 | Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This | |
1498 | only makes a difference on systems where the default path |
|
1496 | only makes a difference on systems where the default path | |
1499 | separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the |
|
1497 | separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the | |
1500 | backslash character (``\``)). |
|
1498 | backslash character (``\``)). | |
1501 |
|
|
1499 | (default: False) | |
1502 |
|
1500 | |||
1503 | ``statuscopies`` |
|
1501 | ``statuscopies`` | |
1504 | Display copies in the status command. |
|
1502 | Display copies in the status command. | |
1505 |
|
1503 | |||
1506 | ``ssh`` |
|
1504 | ``ssh`` | |
1507 |
command to use for SSH connections. |
|
1505 | command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``) | |
1508 |
|
1506 | |||
1509 | ``strict`` |
|
1507 | ``strict`` | |
1510 | Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous |
|
1508 | Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous | |
1511 |
abbreviations. True or False. |
|
1509 | abbreviations. True or False. (default: False) | |
1512 |
|
1510 | |||
1513 | ``style`` |
|
1511 | ``style`` | |
1514 | Name of style to use for command output. |
|
1512 | Name of style to use for command output. | |
1515 |
|
1513 | |||
1516 | ``timeout`` |
|
1514 | ``timeout`` | |
1517 | The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value |
|
1515 | The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value | |
1518 |
means no timeout. |
|
1516 | means no timeout. (default: 600) | |
1519 |
|
1517 | |||
1520 | ``traceback`` |
|
1518 | ``traceback`` | |
1521 | Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception |
|
1519 | Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception | |
1522 | occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback |
|
1520 | occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback | |
1523 | on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as |
|
1521 | on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as | |
1524 |
IOError or MemoryError). |
|
1522 | IOError or MemoryError). (default: False) | |
1525 |
|
1523 | |||
1526 | ``username`` |
|
1524 | ``username`` | |
1527 | The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". |
|
1525 | The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". | |
1528 | Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget |
|
1526 | Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget | |
1529 | <fred@example.com>``. Default is ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If |
|
1527 | <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the | |
1530 | the username in hgrc is empty, it has to be specified manually or |
|
|||
1531 | in a different hgrc file (e.g. ``$HOME/.hgrc``, if the admin set |
|
|||
1532 | ``username =`` in the system hgrc). Environment variables in the |
|
|||
1533 | username are expanded. |
|
1528 | username are expanded. | |
1534 |
|
1529 | |||
|
1530 | (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in | |||
|
1531 | hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the | |||
|
1532 | system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different | |||
|
1533 | hgrc file) | |||
|
1534 | ||||
1535 | ``verbose`` |
|
1535 | ``verbose`` | |
1536 |
Increase the amount of output printed. True or False. |
|
1536 | Increase the amount of output printed. True or False. (default: False) | |
1537 |
|
1537 | |||
1538 |
|
1538 | |||
1539 | ``web`` |
|
1539 | ``web`` | |
1540 | ------- |
|
1540 | ------- | |
1541 |
|
1541 | |||
1542 | Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to |
|
1542 | Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to | |
1543 | both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you |
|
1543 | both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you | |
1544 | run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI |
|
1544 | run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI | |
1545 | and WSGI). |
|
1545 | and WSGI). | |
1546 |
|
1546 | |||
1547 | The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for |
|
1547 | The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for | |
1548 | usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do |
|
1548 | usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do | |
1549 | authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users* |
|
1549 | authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users* | |
1550 | based on settings in this section). You must either configure your |
|
1550 | based on settings in this section). You must either configure your | |
1551 | webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization |
|
1551 | webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization | |
1552 | checks. |
|
1552 | checks. | |
1553 |
|
1553 | |||
1554 | For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where |
|
1554 | For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where | |
1555 | you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following |
|
1555 | you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following | |
1556 | command line:: |
|
1556 | command line:: | |
1557 |
|
1557 | |||
1558 | $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve |
|
1558 | $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve | |
1559 |
|
1559 | |||
1560 | Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and |
|
1560 | Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and | |
1561 | that this should not be used for public servers. |
|
1561 | that this should not be used for public servers. | |
1562 |
|
1562 | |||
1563 | The full set of options is: |
|
1563 | The full set of options is: | |
1564 |
|
1564 | |||
1565 | ``accesslog`` |
|
1565 | ``accesslog`` | |
1566 |
Where to output the access log. |
|
1566 | Where to output the access log. (default: stdout) | |
1567 |
|
1567 | |||
1568 | ``address`` |
|
1568 | ``address`` | |
1569 |
Interface address to bind to. |
|
1569 | Interface address to bind to. (default: all) | |
1570 |
|
1570 | |||
1571 | ``allow_archive`` |
|
1571 | ``allow_archive`` | |
1572 | List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading. |
|
1572 | List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading. | |
1573 |
|
|
1573 | (default: empty) | |
1574 |
|
1574 | |||
1575 | ``allowbz2`` |
|
1575 | ``allowbz2`` | |
1576 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository |
|
1576 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository | |
1577 | revisions. |
|
1577 | revisions. | |
1578 |
|
|
1578 | (default: False) | |
1579 |
|
1579 | |||
1580 | ``allowgz`` |
|
1580 | ``allowgz`` | |
1581 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository |
|
1581 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository | |
1582 | revisions. |
|
1582 | revisions. | |
1583 |
|
|
1583 | (default: False) | |
1584 |
|
1584 | |||
1585 | ``allowpull`` |
|
1585 | ``allowpull`` | |
1586 |
Whether to allow pulling from the repository. |
|
1586 | Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True) | |
1587 |
|
1587 | |||
1588 | ``allow_push`` |
|
1588 | ``allow_push`` | |
1589 | Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
1589 | Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, | |
1590 | pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote |
|
1590 | pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote | |
1591 | user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the |
|
1591 | user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the | |
1592 | remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated |
|
1592 | remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated | |
1593 | user name must be present in this list. The contents of the |
|
1593 | user name must be present in this list. The contents of the | |
1594 | allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list. |
|
1594 | allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list. | |
1595 |
|
1595 | |||
1596 | ``allow_read`` |
|
1596 | ``allow_read`` | |
1597 | If the user has not already been denied repository access due to |
|
1597 | If the user has not already been denied repository access due to | |
1598 | the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant |
|
1598 | the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant | |
1599 | repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the |
|
1599 | repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the | |
1600 | user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is |
|
1600 | user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is | |
1601 | denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access |
|
1601 | denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access | |
1602 | is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the |
|
1602 | is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the | |
1603 | special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access |
|
1603 | special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access | |
1604 | is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are |
|
1604 | is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are | |
1605 | examined after the deny_read list. |
|
1605 | examined after the deny_read list. | |
1606 |
|
1606 | |||
1607 | ``allowzip`` |
|
1607 | ``allowzip`` | |
1608 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository |
|
1608 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository | |
1609 |
revisions. |
|
1609 | revisions. This feature creates temporary files. | |
|
1610 | (default: False) | |||
1610 |
|
1611 | |||
1611 | ``archivesubrepos`` |
|
1612 | ``archivesubrepos`` | |
1612 |
Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving. |
|
1613 | Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving. | |
1613 |
|
|
1614 | (default: False) | |
1614 |
|
1615 | |||
1615 | ``baseurl`` |
|
1616 | ``baseurl`` | |
1616 | Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so |
|
1617 | Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so | |
1617 | third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct |
|
1618 | third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct | |
1618 | URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``. |
|
1619 | URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``. | |
1619 |
|
1620 | |||
1620 | ``cacerts`` |
|
1621 | ``cacerts`` | |
1621 | Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate |
|
1622 | Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate | |
1622 | authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
1623 | authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user`` | |
1623 | constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the |
|
1624 | constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the | |
1624 | client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers |
|
1625 | client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers | |
1625 | with these certificates. |
|
1626 | with these certificates. | |
1626 |
|
1627 | |||
1627 | This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. If you wish |
|
1628 | This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. If you wish | |
1628 | to use it with earlier versions of Python, install the backported |
|
1629 | to use it with earlier versions of Python, install the backported | |
1629 | version of the ssl library that is available from |
|
1630 | version of the ssl library that is available from | |
1630 | ``http://pypi.python.org``. |
|
1631 | ``http://pypi.python.org``. | |
1631 |
|
1632 | |||
1632 | To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from |
|
1633 | To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from | |
1633 | command line. |
|
1634 | command line. | |
1634 |
|
1635 | |||
1635 | You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has |
|
1636 | You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has | |
1636 | one. On most Linux systems this will be |
|
1637 | one. On most Linux systems this will be | |
1637 | ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to |
|
1638 | ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to | |
1638 | generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:: |
|
1639 | generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:: | |
1639 |
|
1640 | |||
1640 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1641 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- | |
1641 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1642 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... | |
1642 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1643 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- | |
1643 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1644 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- | |
1644 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1645 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... | |
1645 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1646 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- | |
1646 |
|
1647 | |||
1647 | ``cache`` |
|
1648 | ``cache`` | |
1648 |
Whether to support caching in hgweb. |
|
1649 | Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True) | |
1649 |
|
1650 | |||
1650 | ``certificate`` |
|
1651 | ``certificate`` | |
1651 | Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`. |
|
1652 | Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`. | |
1652 |
|
1653 | |||
1653 | ``collapse`` |
|
1654 | ``collapse`` | |
1654 | With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at |
|
1655 | With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at | |
1655 | a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With |
|
1656 | a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With | |
1656 | ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than |
|
1657 | ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than | |
1657 | the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that |
|
1658 | the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that | |
1658 | lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting |
|
1659 | lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting | |
1659 | collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory |
|
1660 | collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory | |
1660 |
into a single entry for that subdirectory. |
|
1661 | into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False) | |
1661 |
|
1662 | |||
1662 | ``comparisoncontext`` |
|
1663 | ``comparisoncontext`` | |
1663 | Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If |
|
1664 | Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If | |
1664 |
negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. |
|
1665 | negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5) | |
|
1666 | ||||
1665 | This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the |
|
1667 | This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the | |
1666 | ``comparison`` command, taking the same values. |
|
1668 | ``comparison`` command, taking the same values. | |
1667 |
|
1669 | |||
1668 | ``contact`` |
|
1670 | ``contact`` | |
1669 | Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository. |
|
1671 | Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository. | |
1670 |
|
|
1672 | (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty) | |
1671 |
|
1673 | |||
1672 | ``deny_push`` |
|
1674 | ``deny_push`` | |
1673 | Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
1675 | Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, | |
1674 | push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are |
|
1676 | push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are | |
1675 | denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and |
|
1677 | denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and | |
1676 | any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The |
|
1678 | any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The | |
1677 | contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list. |
|
1679 | contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list. | |
1678 |
|
1680 | |||
1679 | ``deny_read`` |
|
1681 | ``deny_read`` | |
1680 | Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is |
|
1682 | Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is | |
1681 | not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any |
|
1683 | not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any | |
1682 | authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to |
|
1684 | authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to | |
1683 | the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users |
|
1685 | the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users | |
1684 | are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, |
|
1686 | are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, | |
1685 | the determination of repository access depends on the presence and |
|
1687 | the determination of repository access depends on the presence and | |
1686 | content of the allow_read list (see description). If both |
|
1688 | content of the allow_read list (see description). If both | |
1687 | deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is |
|
1689 | deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is | |
1688 | permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being |
|
1690 | permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being | |
1689 | served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in |
|
1691 | served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in | |
1690 | the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have |
|
1692 | the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have | |
1691 | priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read |
|
1693 | priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read | |
1692 | list. |
|
1694 | list. | |
1693 |
|
1695 | |||
1694 | ``descend`` |
|
1696 | ``descend`` | |
1695 | hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories |
|
1697 | hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories | |
1696 | directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still |
|
1698 | directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still | |
1697 | available from the index corresponding to their containing path). |
|
1699 | available from the index corresponding to their containing path). | |
1698 |
|
1700 | |||
1699 | ``description`` |
|
1701 | ``description`` | |
1700 | Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. |
|
1702 | Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. | |
1701 |
|
|
1703 | (default: "unknown") | |
1702 |
|
1704 | |||
1703 | ``encoding`` |
|
1705 | ``encoding`` | |
1704 |
Character encoding name. |
|
1706 | Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset) | |
1705 | Example: "UTF-8". |
|
1707 | Example: "UTF-8". | |
1706 |
|
1708 | |||
1707 | ``errorlog`` |
|
1709 | ``errorlog`` | |
1708 |
Where to output the error log. |
|
1710 | Where to output the error log. (default: stderr) | |
1709 |
|
1711 | |||
1710 | ``guessmime`` |
|
1712 | ``guessmime`` | |
1711 | Control MIME types for raw download of file content. |
|
1713 | Control MIME types for raw download of file content. | |
1712 | Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file |
|
1714 | Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file | |
1713 | extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might |
|
1715 | extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might | |
1714 | allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted |
|
1716 | allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted | |
1715 |
repositories. |
|
1717 | repositories. (default: False) | |
1716 |
|
1718 | |||
1717 | ``hidden`` |
|
1719 | ``hidden`` | |
1718 | Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index. |
|
1720 | Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index. | |
1719 |
|
|
1721 | (default: False) | |
1720 |
|
1722 | |||
1721 | ``ipv6`` |
|
1723 | ``ipv6`` | |
1722 |
Whether to use IPv6. |
|
1724 | Whether to use IPv6. (default: False) | |
1723 |
|
1725 | |||
1724 | ``logoimg`` |
|
1726 | ``logoimg`` | |
1725 | File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page. |
|
1727 | File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page. | |
1726 | The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to |
|
1728 | The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to | |
1727 | the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg". |
|
1729 | the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg". | |
1728 | If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used. |
|
1730 | If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used. | |
1729 |
|
1731 | |||
1730 | ``logourl`` |
|
1732 | ``logourl`` | |
1731 | Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``http://mercurial.selenic.com/`` |
|
1733 | Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``http://mercurial.selenic.com/`` | |
1732 | will be used. |
|
1734 | will be used. | |
1733 |
|
1735 | |||
1734 | ``maxchanges`` |
|
1736 | ``maxchanges`` | |
1735 |
Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. |
|
1737 | Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10) | |
1736 |
|
1738 | |||
1737 | ``maxfiles`` |
|
1739 | ``maxfiles`` | |
1738 |
Maximum number of files to list per changeset. |
|
1740 | Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10) | |
1739 |
|
1741 | |||
1740 | ``maxshortchanges`` |
|
1742 | ``maxshortchanges`` | |
1741 | Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog |
|
1743 | Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog | |
1742 |
pages. |
|
1744 | pages. (default: 60) | |
1743 |
|
1745 | |||
1744 | ``name`` |
|
1746 | ``name`` | |
1745 |
Repository name to use in the web interface. |
|
1747 | Repository name to use in the web interface. | |
1746 |
working directory |
|
1748 | (default: current working directory) | |
1747 |
|
1749 | |||
1748 | ``port`` |
|
1750 | ``port`` | |
1749 |
Port to listen on. |
|
1751 | Port to listen on. (default: 8000) | |
1750 |
|
1752 | |||
1751 | ``prefix`` |
|
1753 | ``prefix`` | |
1752 |
Prefix path to serve from. |
|
1754 | Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root)) | |
1753 |
|
1755 | |||
1754 | ``push_ssl`` |
|
1756 | ``push_ssl`` | |
1755 | Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to |
|
1757 | Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to | |
1756 |
prevent password sniffing. |
|
1758 | prevent password sniffing. (default: True) | |
1757 |
|
1759 | |||
1758 | ``refreshinterval`` |
|
1760 | ``refreshinterval`` | |
1759 | How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new |
|
1761 | How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new | |
1760 | repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used |
|
1762 | repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used | |
1761 | to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is |
|
1763 | to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is | |
1762 | required, refreshing may negatively impact performance. |
|
1764 | required, refreshing may negatively impact performance. | |
1763 |
|
1765 | |||
1764 |
|
|
1766 | Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh. | |
|
1767 | (default: 20) | |||
1765 |
|
1768 | |||
1766 | ``staticurl`` |
|
1769 | ``staticurl`` | |
1767 | Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the |
|
1770 | Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the | |
1768 | hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use |
|
1771 | hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use | |
1769 | this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server. |
|
1772 | this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server. | |
1770 | Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``. |
|
1773 | Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``. | |
1771 |
|
1774 | |||
1772 | ``stripes`` |
|
1775 | ``stripes`` | |
1773 | How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output. |
|
1776 | How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output. | |
1774 |
|
|
1777 | Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1) | |
1775 |
|
1778 | |||
1776 | ``style`` |
|
1779 | ``style`` | |
1777 | Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of |
|
1780 | Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of | |
1778 |
subdirectories in the HTML templates path. |
|
1781 | subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``) | |
1779 | Example: ``monoblue`` |
|
1782 | Example: ``monoblue``. | |
1780 |
|
1783 | |||
1781 | ``templates`` |
|
1784 | ``templates`` | |
1782 | Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates |
|
1785 | Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates | |
1783 | can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``. |
|
1786 | can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``. | |
1784 |
|
1787 | |||
1785 | ``websub`` |
|
1788 | ``websub`` | |
1786 | ---------- |
|
1789 | ---------- | |
1787 |
|
1790 | |||
1788 | Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to |
|
1791 | Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to | |
1789 | define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which |
|
1792 | define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which | |
1790 | let you automatically modify the hgweb server output. |
|
1793 | let you automatically modify the hgweb server output. | |
1791 |
|
1794 | |||
1792 | The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns |
|
1795 | The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns | |
1793 | on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere |
|
1796 | on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere | |
1794 | you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the |
|
1797 | you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the | |
1795 | "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter). |
|
1798 | "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter). | |
1796 |
|
1799 | |||
1797 | This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links |
|
1800 | This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links | |
1798 | to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into |
|
1801 | to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into | |
1799 | HTML (see the examples below). |
|
1802 | HTML (see the examples below). | |
1800 |
|
1803 | |||
1801 | Each entry in this section names a substitution filter. |
|
1804 | Each entry in this section names a substitution filter. | |
1802 | The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself. |
|
1805 | The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself. | |
1803 | The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax, |
|
1806 | The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax, | |
1804 | which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax:: |
|
1807 | which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax:: | |
1805 |
|
1808 | |||
1806 | patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i] |
|
1809 | patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i] | |
1807 |
|
1810 | |||
1808 | You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional |
|
1811 | You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional | |
1809 | and indicates that the search must be case insensitive. |
|
1812 | and indicates that the search must be case insensitive. | |
1810 |
|
1813 | |||
1811 | Examples:: |
|
1814 | Examples:: | |
1812 |
|
1815 | |||
1813 | [websub] |
|
1816 | [websub] | |
1814 | issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i |
|
1817 | issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i | |
1815 | italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/ |
|
1818 | italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/ | |
1816 | bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/ |
|
1819 | bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/ | |
1817 |
|
1820 | |||
1818 | ``worker`` |
|
1821 | ``worker`` | |
1819 | ---------- |
|
1822 | ---------- | |
1820 |
|
1823 | |||
1821 | Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working |
|
1824 | Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working | |
1822 | directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly |
|
1825 | directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly | |
1823 | helps performance. |
|
1826 | helps performance. | |
1824 |
|
1827 | |||
1825 | ``numcpus`` |
|
1828 | ``numcpus`` | |
1826 |
Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. |
|
1829 | Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or | |
1827 | number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger. A zero or |
|
|||
1828 | negative value is treated as ``use the default``. |
|
1830 | negative value is treated as ``use the default``. | |
|
1831 | (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger) |
@@ -1,2310 +1,2309 b'' | |||||
1 | Short help: |
|
1 | Short help: | |
2 |
|
2 | |||
3 | $ hg |
|
3 | $ hg | |
4 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
4 | Mercurial Distributed SCM | |
5 |
|
5 | |||
6 | basic commands: |
|
6 | basic commands: | |
7 |
|
7 | |||
8 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
8 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
9 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
9 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
10 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
10 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
11 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
11 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
12 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
12 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
13 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
13 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
14 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
14 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
15 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
15 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
16 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
16 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
17 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
17 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
18 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
18 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
19 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
19 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
20 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
20 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
21 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
21 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
22 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
22 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
23 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
23 | summary summarize working directory state | |
24 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
24 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
25 |
|
25 | |||
26 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands or "hg -v" for details) |
|
26 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands or "hg -v" for details) | |
27 |
|
27 | |||
28 | $ hg -q |
|
28 | $ hg -q | |
29 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
29 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
30 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
30 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
31 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
31 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
32 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
32 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
33 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
33 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
34 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
34 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
35 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
35 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
36 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
36 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
37 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
37 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
38 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
38 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
39 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
39 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
40 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
40 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
41 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
41 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
42 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
42 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
43 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
43 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
44 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
44 | summary summarize working directory state | |
45 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
45 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
46 |
|
46 | |||
47 | $ hg help |
|
47 | $ hg help | |
48 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
48 | Mercurial Distributed SCM | |
49 |
|
49 | |||
50 | list of commands: |
|
50 | list of commands: | |
51 |
|
51 | |||
52 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
52 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
53 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
53 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files | |
54 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
54 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
55 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
55 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision | |
56 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
56 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset | |
57 | bisect subdivision search of changesets |
|
57 | bisect subdivision search of changesets | |
58 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
58 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
59 | branch set or show the current branch name |
|
59 | branch set or show the current branch name | |
60 | branches list repository named branches |
|
60 | branches list repository named branches | |
61 | bundle create a changegroup file |
|
61 | bundle create a changegroup file | |
62 | cat output the current or given revision of files |
|
62 | cat output the current or given revision of files | |
63 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
63 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
64 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
64 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
65 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
65 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
66 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
66 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit | |
67 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
67 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
68 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
68 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
69 | files list tracked files |
|
69 | files list tracked files | |
70 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
70 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
71 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
71 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch | |
72 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
72 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions | |
73 | heads show branch heads |
|
73 | heads show branch heads | |
74 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
74 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview | |
75 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
75 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision | |
76 | import import an ordered set of patches |
|
76 | import import an ordered set of patches | |
77 | incoming show new changesets found in source |
|
77 | incoming show new changesets found in source | |
78 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
78 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
79 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
79 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
80 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
80 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest | |
81 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
81 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
82 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination |
|
82 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination | |
83 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
83 | paths show aliases for remote repositories | |
84 | phase set or show the current phase name |
|
84 | phase set or show the current phase name | |
85 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
85 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
86 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
86 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
87 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
87 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction | |
88 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
88 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
89 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
89 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove | |
90 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
90 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files | |
91 | revert restore files to their checkout state |
|
91 | revert restore files to their checkout state | |
92 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
92 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory | |
93 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
93 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
94 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
94 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
95 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
95 | summary summarize working directory state | |
96 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
96 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision | |
97 | tags list repository tags |
|
97 | tags list repository tags | |
98 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files |
|
98 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files | |
99 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
99 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
100 | verify verify the integrity of the repository |
|
100 | verify verify the integrity of the repository | |
101 | version output version and copyright information |
|
101 | version output version and copyright information | |
102 |
|
102 | |||
103 | additional help topics: |
|
103 | additional help topics: | |
104 |
|
104 | |||
105 | config Configuration Files |
|
105 | config Configuration Files | |
106 | dates Date Formats |
|
106 | dates Date Formats | |
107 | diffs Diff Formats |
|
107 | diffs Diff Formats | |
108 | environment Environment Variables |
|
108 | environment Environment Variables | |
109 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
109 | extensions Using Additional Features | |
110 | filesets Specifying File Sets |
|
110 | filesets Specifying File Sets | |
111 | glossary Glossary |
|
111 | glossary Glossary | |
112 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
112 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files | |
113 | hgweb Configuring hgweb |
|
113 | hgweb Configuring hgweb | |
114 | merge-tools Merge Tools |
|
114 | merge-tools Merge Tools | |
115 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
115 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions | |
116 | patterns File Name Patterns |
|
116 | patterns File Name Patterns | |
117 | phases Working with Phases |
|
117 | phases Working with Phases | |
118 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions |
|
118 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions | |
119 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets |
|
119 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets | |
120 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
120 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation | |
121 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
121 | subrepos Subrepositories | |
122 | templating Template Usage |
|
122 | templating Template Usage | |
123 | urls URL Paths |
|
123 | urls URL Paths | |
124 |
|
124 | |||
125 | (use "hg help -v" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
125 | (use "hg help -v" to show built-in aliases and global options) | |
126 |
|
126 | |||
127 | $ hg -q help |
|
127 | $ hg -q help | |
128 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
128 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
129 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
129 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files | |
130 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
130 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
131 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
131 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision | |
132 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
132 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset | |
133 | bisect subdivision search of changesets |
|
133 | bisect subdivision search of changesets | |
134 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
134 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
135 | branch set or show the current branch name |
|
135 | branch set or show the current branch name | |
136 | branches list repository named branches |
|
136 | branches list repository named branches | |
137 | bundle create a changegroup file |
|
137 | bundle create a changegroup file | |
138 | cat output the current or given revision of files |
|
138 | cat output the current or given revision of files | |
139 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
139 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
140 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
140 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
141 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
141 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
142 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
142 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit | |
143 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
143 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
144 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
144 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
145 | files list tracked files |
|
145 | files list tracked files | |
146 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
146 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
147 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
147 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch | |
148 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
148 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions | |
149 | heads show branch heads |
|
149 | heads show branch heads | |
150 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
150 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview | |
151 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
151 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision | |
152 | import import an ordered set of patches |
|
152 | import import an ordered set of patches | |
153 | incoming show new changesets found in source |
|
153 | incoming show new changesets found in source | |
154 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
154 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
155 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
155 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
156 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
156 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest | |
157 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
157 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
158 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination |
|
158 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination | |
159 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
159 | paths show aliases for remote repositories | |
160 | phase set or show the current phase name |
|
160 | phase set or show the current phase name | |
161 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
161 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
162 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
162 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
163 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
163 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction | |
164 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
164 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
165 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
165 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove | |
166 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
166 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files | |
167 | revert restore files to their checkout state |
|
167 | revert restore files to their checkout state | |
168 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
168 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory | |
169 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
169 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
170 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
170 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
171 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
171 | summary summarize working directory state | |
172 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
172 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision | |
173 | tags list repository tags |
|
173 | tags list repository tags | |
174 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files |
|
174 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files | |
175 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
175 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
176 | verify verify the integrity of the repository |
|
176 | verify verify the integrity of the repository | |
177 | version output version and copyright information |
|
177 | version output version and copyright information | |
178 |
|
178 | |||
179 | additional help topics: |
|
179 | additional help topics: | |
180 |
|
180 | |||
181 | config Configuration Files |
|
181 | config Configuration Files | |
182 | dates Date Formats |
|
182 | dates Date Formats | |
183 | diffs Diff Formats |
|
183 | diffs Diff Formats | |
184 | environment Environment Variables |
|
184 | environment Environment Variables | |
185 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
185 | extensions Using Additional Features | |
186 | filesets Specifying File Sets |
|
186 | filesets Specifying File Sets | |
187 | glossary Glossary |
|
187 | glossary Glossary | |
188 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
188 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files | |
189 | hgweb Configuring hgweb |
|
189 | hgweb Configuring hgweb | |
190 | merge-tools Merge Tools |
|
190 | merge-tools Merge Tools | |
191 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
191 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions | |
192 | patterns File Name Patterns |
|
192 | patterns File Name Patterns | |
193 | phases Working with Phases |
|
193 | phases Working with Phases | |
194 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions |
|
194 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions | |
195 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets |
|
195 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets | |
196 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
196 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation | |
197 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
197 | subrepos Subrepositories | |
198 | templating Template Usage |
|
198 | templating Template Usage | |
199 | urls URL Paths |
|
199 | urls URL Paths | |
200 |
|
200 | |||
201 | Test extension help: |
|
201 | Test extension help: | |
202 | $ hg help extensions --config extensions.rebase= --config extensions.children= |
|
202 | $ hg help extensions --config extensions.rebase= --config extensions.children= | |
203 | Using Additional Features |
|
203 | Using Additional Features | |
204 | """"""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
204 | """"""""""""""""""""""""" | |
205 |
|
205 | |||
206 | Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of |
|
206 | Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of | |
207 | extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to existing |
|
207 | extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to existing | |
208 | commands, change the default behavior of commands, or implement hooks. |
|
208 | commands, change the default behavior of commands, or implement hooks. | |
209 |
|
209 | |||
210 | To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in the |
|
210 | To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in the | |
211 | Python search path, create an entry for it in your configuration file, |
|
211 | Python search path, create an entry for it in your configuration file, | |
212 | like this: |
|
212 | like this: | |
213 |
|
213 | |||
214 | [extensions] |
|
214 | [extensions] | |
215 | foo = |
|
215 | foo = | |
216 |
|
216 | |||
217 | You may also specify the full path to an extension: |
|
217 | You may also specify the full path to an extension: | |
218 |
|
218 | |||
219 | [extensions] |
|
219 | [extensions] | |
220 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
220 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py | |
221 |
|
221 | |||
222 | See "hg help config" for more information on configuration files. |
|
222 | See "hg help config" for more information on configuration files. | |
223 |
|
223 | |||
224 | Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons: they can |
|
224 | Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons: they can | |
225 | increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced usage only; they |
|
225 | increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced usage only; they | |
226 | may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such as letting you destroy |
|
226 | may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such as letting you destroy | |
227 | or modify history); they might not be ready for prime time; or they may |
|
227 | or modify history); they might not be ready for prime time; or they may | |
228 | alter some usual behaviors of stock Mercurial. It is thus up to the user |
|
228 | alter some usual behaviors of stock Mercurial. It is thus up to the user | |
229 | to activate extensions as needed. |
|
229 | to activate extensions as needed. | |
230 |
|
230 | |||
231 | To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of |
|
231 | To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of | |
232 | broader scope, prepend its path with !: |
|
232 | broader scope, prepend its path with !: | |
233 |
|
233 | |||
234 | [extensions] |
|
234 | [extensions] | |
235 | # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py |
|
235 | # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py | |
236 | bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py |
|
236 | bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py | |
237 | # ditto, but no path was supplied for extension baz |
|
237 | # ditto, but no path was supplied for extension baz | |
238 | baz = ! |
|
238 | baz = ! | |
239 |
|
239 | |||
240 | enabled extensions: |
|
240 | enabled extensions: | |
241 |
|
241 | |||
242 | children command to display child changesets (DEPRECATED) |
|
242 | children command to display child changesets (DEPRECATED) | |
243 | rebase command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor |
|
243 | rebase command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor | |
244 |
|
244 | |||
245 | disabled extensions: |
|
245 | disabled extensions: | |
246 |
|
246 | |||
247 | acl hooks for controlling repository access |
|
247 | acl hooks for controlling repository access | |
248 | blackbox log repository events to a blackbox for debugging |
|
248 | blackbox log repository events to a blackbox for debugging | |
249 | bugzilla hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker |
|
249 | bugzilla hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker | |
250 | censor erase file content at a given revision |
|
250 | censor erase file content at a given revision | |
251 | churn command to display statistics about repository history |
|
251 | churn command to display statistics about repository history | |
252 | color colorize output from some commands |
|
252 | color colorize output from some commands | |
253 | convert import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into |
|
253 | convert import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into | |
254 | Mercurial |
|
254 | Mercurial | |
255 | eol automatically manage newlines in repository files |
|
255 | eol automatically manage newlines in repository files | |
256 | extdiff command to allow external programs to compare revisions |
|
256 | extdiff command to allow external programs to compare revisions | |
257 | factotum http authentication with factotum |
|
257 | factotum http authentication with factotum | |
258 | gpg commands to sign and verify changesets |
|
258 | gpg commands to sign and verify changesets | |
259 | hgcia hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service |
|
259 | hgcia hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service | |
260 | hgk browse the repository in a graphical way |
|
260 | hgk browse the repository in a graphical way | |
261 | highlight syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments) |
|
261 | highlight syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments) | |
262 | histedit interactive history editing |
|
262 | histedit interactive history editing | |
263 | keyword expand keywords in tracked files |
|
263 | keyword expand keywords in tracked files | |
264 | largefiles track large binary files |
|
264 | largefiles track large binary files | |
265 | mq manage a stack of patches |
|
265 | mq manage a stack of patches | |
266 | notify hooks for sending email push notifications |
|
266 | notify hooks for sending email push notifications | |
267 | pager browse command output with an external pager |
|
267 | pager browse command output with an external pager | |
268 | patchbomb command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails |
|
268 | patchbomb command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails | |
269 | purge command to delete untracked files from the working |
|
269 | purge command to delete untracked files from the working | |
270 | directory |
|
270 | directory | |
271 | record commands to interactively select changes for |
|
271 | record commands to interactively select changes for | |
272 | commit/qrefresh |
|
272 | commit/qrefresh | |
273 | relink recreates hardlinks between repository clones |
|
273 | relink recreates hardlinks between repository clones | |
274 | schemes extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms |
|
274 | schemes extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms | |
275 | share share a common history between several working directories |
|
275 | share share a common history between several working directories | |
276 | shelve save and restore changes to the working directory |
|
276 | shelve save and restore changes to the working directory | |
277 | strip strip changesets and their descendants from history |
|
277 | strip strip changesets and their descendants from history | |
278 | transplant command to transplant changesets from another branch |
|
278 | transplant command to transplant changesets from another branch | |
279 | win32mbcs allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings |
|
279 | win32mbcs allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings | |
280 | zeroconf discover and advertise repositories on the local network |
|
280 | zeroconf discover and advertise repositories on the local network | |
281 | Test short command list with verbose option |
|
281 | Test short command list with verbose option | |
282 |
|
282 | |||
283 | $ hg -v help shortlist |
|
283 | $ hg -v help shortlist | |
284 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
284 | Mercurial Distributed SCM | |
285 |
|
285 | |||
286 | basic commands: |
|
286 | basic commands: | |
287 |
|
287 | |||
288 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
288 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
289 | annotate, blame |
|
289 | annotate, blame | |
290 | show changeset information by line for each file |
|
290 | show changeset information by line for each file | |
291 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
291 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
292 | commit, ci commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
292 | commit, ci commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
293 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
293 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
294 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
294 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
295 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
295 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
296 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
296 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
297 | log, history show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
297 | log, history show revision history of entire repository or files | |
298 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
298 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
299 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
299 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
300 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
300 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
301 | remove, rm remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
301 | remove, rm remove the specified files on the next commit | |
302 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
302 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
303 | status, st show changed files in the working directory |
|
303 | status, st show changed files in the working directory | |
304 | summary, sum summarize working directory state |
|
304 | summary, sum summarize working directory state | |
305 | update, up, checkout, co |
|
305 | update, up, checkout, co | |
306 | update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
306 | update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
307 |
|
307 | |||
308 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
308 | global options ([+] can be repeated): | |
309 |
|
309 | |||
310 | -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle |
|
310 | -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle | |
311 | file |
|
311 | file | |
312 | --cwd DIR change working directory |
|
312 | --cwd DIR change working directory | |
313 | -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for |
|
313 | -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for | |
314 | all prompts |
|
314 | all prompts | |
315 | -q --quiet suppress output |
|
315 | -q --quiet suppress output | |
316 | -v --verbose enable additional output |
|
316 | -v --verbose enable additional output | |
317 | --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value') |
|
317 | --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value') | |
318 | --debug enable debugging output |
|
318 | --debug enable debugging output | |
319 | --debugger start debugger |
|
319 | --debugger start debugger | |
320 | --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii) |
|
320 | --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii) | |
321 | --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict) |
|
321 | --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict) | |
322 | --traceback always print a traceback on exception |
|
322 | --traceback always print a traceback on exception | |
323 | --time time how long the command takes |
|
323 | --time time how long the command takes | |
324 | --profile print command execution profile |
|
324 | --profile print command execution profile | |
325 | --version output version information and exit |
|
325 | --version output version information and exit | |
326 | -h --help display help and exit |
|
326 | -h --help display help and exit | |
327 | --hidden consider hidden changesets |
|
327 | --hidden consider hidden changesets | |
328 |
|
328 | |||
329 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands) |
|
329 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands) | |
330 |
|
330 | |||
331 | $ hg add -h |
|
331 | $ hg add -h | |
332 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
332 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
333 |
|
333 | |||
334 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
334 | add the specified files on the next commit | |
335 |
|
335 | |||
336 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository. |
|
336 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository. | |
337 |
|
337 | |||
338 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an |
|
338 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an | |
339 | add before that, see "hg forget". |
|
339 | add before that, see "hg forget". | |
340 |
|
340 | |||
341 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. |
|
341 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. | |
342 |
|
342 | |||
343 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
343 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. | |
344 |
|
344 | |||
345 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
345 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
346 |
|
346 | |||
347 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
347 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns | |
348 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
348 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns | |
349 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
349 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories | |
350 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output |
|
350 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output | |
351 |
|
351 | |||
352 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
352 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
353 |
|
353 | |||
354 | Verbose help for add |
|
354 | Verbose help for add | |
355 |
|
355 | |||
356 | $ hg add -hv |
|
356 | $ hg add -hv | |
357 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
357 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
358 |
|
358 | |||
359 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
359 | add the specified files on the next commit | |
360 |
|
360 | |||
361 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository. |
|
361 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository. | |
362 |
|
362 | |||
363 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an |
|
363 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an | |
364 | add before that, see "hg forget". |
|
364 | add before that, see "hg forget". | |
365 |
|
365 | |||
366 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. |
|
366 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. | |
367 |
|
367 | |||
368 | An example showing how new (unknown) files are added automatically by "hg |
|
368 | An example showing how new (unknown) files are added automatically by "hg | |
369 | add": |
|
369 | add": | |
370 |
|
370 | |||
371 | $ ls |
|
371 | $ ls | |
372 | foo.c |
|
372 | foo.c | |
373 | $ hg status |
|
373 | $ hg status | |
374 | ? foo.c |
|
374 | ? foo.c | |
375 | $ hg add |
|
375 | $ hg add | |
376 | adding foo.c |
|
376 | adding foo.c | |
377 | $ hg status |
|
377 | $ hg status | |
378 | A foo.c |
|
378 | A foo.c | |
379 |
|
379 | |||
380 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
380 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. | |
381 |
|
381 | |||
382 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
382 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
383 |
|
383 | |||
384 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
384 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns | |
385 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
385 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns | |
386 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
386 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories | |
387 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output |
|
387 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output | |
388 |
|
388 | |||
389 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
389 | global options ([+] can be repeated): | |
390 |
|
390 | |||
391 | -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle |
|
391 | -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle | |
392 | file |
|
392 | file | |
393 | --cwd DIR change working directory |
|
393 | --cwd DIR change working directory | |
394 | -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for |
|
394 | -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for | |
395 | all prompts |
|
395 | all prompts | |
396 | -q --quiet suppress output |
|
396 | -q --quiet suppress output | |
397 | -v --verbose enable additional output |
|
397 | -v --verbose enable additional output | |
398 | --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value') |
|
398 | --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value') | |
399 | --debug enable debugging output |
|
399 | --debug enable debugging output | |
400 | --debugger start debugger |
|
400 | --debugger start debugger | |
401 | --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii) |
|
401 | --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii) | |
402 | --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict) |
|
402 | --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict) | |
403 | --traceback always print a traceback on exception |
|
403 | --traceback always print a traceback on exception | |
404 | --time time how long the command takes |
|
404 | --time time how long the command takes | |
405 | --profile print command execution profile |
|
405 | --profile print command execution profile | |
406 | --version output version information and exit |
|
406 | --version output version information and exit | |
407 | -h --help display help and exit |
|
407 | -h --help display help and exit | |
408 | --hidden consider hidden changesets |
|
408 | --hidden consider hidden changesets | |
409 |
|
409 | |||
410 | Test help option with version option |
|
410 | Test help option with version option | |
411 |
|
411 | |||
412 | $ hg add -h --version |
|
412 | $ hg add -h --version | |
413 | Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob) |
|
413 | Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob) | |
414 | (see http://mercurial.selenic.com for more information) |
|
414 | (see http://mercurial.selenic.com for more information) | |
415 |
|
415 | |||
416 | Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Matt Mackall and others |
|
416 | Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Matt Mackall and others | |
417 | This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO |
|
417 | This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO | |
418 | warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. |
|
418 | warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | |
419 |
|
419 | |||
420 | $ hg add --skjdfks |
|
420 | $ hg add --skjdfks | |
421 | hg add: option --skjdfks not recognized |
|
421 | hg add: option --skjdfks not recognized | |
422 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
422 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
423 |
|
423 | |||
424 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
424 | add the specified files on the next commit | |
425 |
|
425 | |||
426 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
426 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
427 |
|
427 | |||
428 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
428 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns | |
429 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
429 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns | |
430 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
430 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories | |
431 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output |
|
431 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output | |
432 |
|
432 | |||
433 | (use "hg add -h" to show more help) |
|
433 | (use "hg add -h" to show more help) | |
434 | [255] |
|
434 | [255] | |
435 |
|
435 | |||
436 | Test ambiguous command help |
|
436 | Test ambiguous command help | |
437 |
|
437 | |||
438 | $ hg help ad |
|
438 | $ hg help ad | |
439 | list of commands: |
|
439 | list of commands: | |
440 |
|
440 | |||
441 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
441 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
442 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
442 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files | |
443 |
|
443 | |||
444 | (use "hg help -v ad" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
444 | (use "hg help -v ad" to show built-in aliases and global options) | |
445 |
|
445 | |||
446 | Test command without options |
|
446 | Test command without options | |
447 |
|
447 | |||
448 | $ hg help verify |
|
448 | $ hg help verify | |
449 | hg verify |
|
449 | hg verify | |
450 |
|
450 | |||
451 | verify the integrity of the repository |
|
451 | verify the integrity of the repository | |
452 |
|
452 | |||
453 | Verify the integrity of the current repository. |
|
453 | Verify the integrity of the current repository. | |
454 |
|
454 | |||
455 | This will perform an extensive check of the repository's integrity, |
|
455 | This will perform an extensive check of the repository's integrity, | |
456 | validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in the changelog, |
|
456 | validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in the changelog, | |
457 | manifest, and tracked files, as well as the integrity of their crosslinks |
|
457 | manifest, and tracked files, as well as the integrity of their crosslinks | |
458 | and indices. |
|
458 | and indices. | |
459 |
|
459 | |||
460 | Please see http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RepositoryCorruption for more |
|
460 | Please see http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/RepositoryCorruption for more | |
461 | information about recovery from corruption of the repository. |
|
461 | information about recovery from corruption of the repository. | |
462 |
|
462 | |||
463 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
|
463 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. | |
464 |
|
464 | |||
465 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
465 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
466 |
|
466 | |||
467 | $ hg help diff |
|
467 | $ hg help diff | |
468 | hg diff [OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]... |
|
468 | hg diff [OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]... | |
469 |
|
469 | |||
470 | diff repository (or selected files) |
|
470 | diff repository (or selected files) | |
471 |
|
471 | |||
472 | Show differences between revisions for the specified files. |
|
472 | Show differences between revisions for the specified files. | |
473 |
|
473 | |||
474 | Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format. |
|
474 | Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format. | |
475 |
|
475 | |||
476 | Note: |
|
476 | Note: | |
477 | diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will default to |
|
477 | diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will default to | |
478 | comparing against the working directory's first parent changeset if no |
|
478 | comparing against the working directory's first parent changeset if no | |
479 | revisions are specified. |
|
479 | revisions are specified. | |
480 |
|
480 | |||
481 | When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between |
|
481 | When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between | |
482 | those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is |
|
482 | those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is | |
483 | compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified, |
|
483 | compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified, | |
484 | the working directory files are compared to its parent. |
|
484 | the working directory files are compared to its parent. | |
485 |
|
485 | |||
486 | Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see the |
|
486 | Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see the | |
487 | changes in that changeset relative to its first parent. |
|
487 | changes in that changeset relative to its first parent. | |
488 |
|
488 | |||
489 | Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of files it |
|
489 | Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of files it | |
490 | detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff anyway, probably |
|
490 | detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff anyway, probably | |
491 | with undesirable results. |
|
491 | with undesirable results. | |
492 |
|
492 | |||
493 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff format. |
|
493 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff format. | |
494 | For more information, read "hg help diffs". |
|
494 | For more information, read "hg help diffs". | |
495 |
|
495 | |||
496 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
496 | Returns 0 on success. | |
497 |
|
497 | |||
498 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
498 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
499 |
|
499 | |||
500 | -r --rev REV [+] revision |
|
500 | -r --rev REV [+] revision | |
501 | -c --change REV change made by revision |
|
501 | -c --change REV change made by revision | |
502 | -a --text treat all files as text |
|
502 | -a --text treat all files as text | |
503 | -g --git use git extended diff format |
|
503 | -g --git use git extended diff format | |
504 | --nodates omit dates from diff headers |
|
504 | --nodates omit dates from diff headers | |
505 | --noprefix omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames |
|
505 | --noprefix omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames | |
506 | -p --show-function show which function each change is in |
|
506 | -p --show-function show which function each change is in | |
507 | --reverse produce a diff that undoes the changes |
|
507 | --reverse produce a diff that undoes the changes | |
508 | -w --ignore-all-space ignore white space when comparing lines |
|
508 | -w --ignore-all-space ignore white space when comparing lines | |
509 | -b --ignore-space-change ignore changes in the amount of white space |
|
509 | -b --ignore-space-change ignore changes in the amount of white space | |
510 | -B --ignore-blank-lines ignore changes whose lines are all blank |
|
510 | -B --ignore-blank-lines ignore changes whose lines are all blank | |
511 | -U --unified NUM number of lines of context to show |
|
511 | -U --unified NUM number of lines of context to show | |
512 | --stat output diffstat-style summary of changes |
|
512 | --stat output diffstat-style summary of changes | |
513 | --root DIR produce diffs relative to subdirectory |
|
513 | --root DIR produce diffs relative to subdirectory | |
514 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
514 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns | |
515 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
515 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns | |
516 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
516 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories | |
517 |
|
517 | |||
518 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
518 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
519 |
|
519 | |||
520 | $ hg help status |
|
520 | $ hg help status | |
521 | hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
521 | hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
522 |
|
522 | |||
523 | aliases: st |
|
523 | aliases: st | |
524 |
|
524 | |||
525 | show changed files in the working directory |
|
525 | show changed files in the working directory | |
526 |
|
526 | |||
527 | Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only files |
|
527 | Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only files | |
528 | that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or the source of a |
|
528 | that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or the source of a | |
529 | copy/move operation, are not listed unless -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, |
|
529 | copy/move operation, are not listed unless -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, | |
530 | -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. Unless options described with "show |
|
530 | -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. Unless options described with "show | |
531 | only ..." are given, the options -mardu are used. |
|
531 | only ..." are given, the options -mardu are used. | |
532 |
|
532 | |||
533 | Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files unless |
|
533 | Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files unless | |
534 | explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored. |
|
534 | explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored. | |
535 |
|
535 | |||
536 | Note: |
|
536 | Note: | |
537 | status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have changed or |
|
537 | status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have changed or | |
538 | a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not report |
|
538 | a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not report | |
539 | permission changes and diff only reports changes relative to one merge |
|
539 | permission changes and diff only reports changes relative to one merge | |
540 | parent. |
|
540 | parent. | |
541 |
|
541 | |||
542 | If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. If two |
|
542 | If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. If two | |
543 | revisions are given, the differences between them are shown. The --change |
|
543 | revisions are given, the differences between them are shown. The --change | |
544 | option can also be used as a shortcut to list the changed files of a |
|
544 | option can also be used as a shortcut to list the changed files of a | |
545 | revision from its first parent. |
|
545 | revision from its first parent. | |
546 |
|
546 | |||
547 | The codes used to show the status of files are: |
|
547 | The codes used to show the status of files are: | |
548 |
|
548 | |||
549 | M = modified |
|
549 | M = modified | |
550 | A = added |
|
550 | A = added | |
551 | R = removed |
|
551 | R = removed | |
552 | C = clean |
|
552 | C = clean | |
553 | ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked) |
|
553 | ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked) | |
554 | ? = not tracked |
|
554 | ? = not tracked | |
555 | I = ignored |
|
555 | I = ignored | |
556 | = origin of the previous file (with --copies) |
|
556 | = origin of the previous file (with --copies) | |
557 |
|
557 | |||
558 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
558 | Returns 0 on success. | |
559 |
|
559 | |||
560 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
560 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
561 |
|
561 | |||
562 | -A --all show status of all files |
|
562 | -A --all show status of all files | |
563 | -m --modified show only modified files |
|
563 | -m --modified show only modified files | |
564 | -a --added show only added files |
|
564 | -a --added show only added files | |
565 | -r --removed show only removed files |
|
565 | -r --removed show only removed files | |
566 | -d --deleted show only deleted (but tracked) files |
|
566 | -d --deleted show only deleted (but tracked) files | |
567 | -c --clean show only files without changes |
|
567 | -c --clean show only files without changes | |
568 | -u --unknown show only unknown (not tracked) files |
|
568 | -u --unknown show only unknown (not tracked) files | |
569 | -i --ignored show only ignored files |
|
569 | -i --ignored show only ignored files | |
570 | -n --no-status hide status prefix |
|
570 | -n --no-status hide status prefix | |
571 | -C --copies show source of copied files |
|
571 | -C --copies show source of copied files | |
572 | -0 --print0 end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs |
|
572 | -0 --print0 end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs | |
573 | --rev REV [+] show difference from revision |
|
573 | --rev REV [+] show difference from revision | |
574 | --change REV list the changed files of a revision |
|
574 | --change REV list the changed files of a revision | |
575 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
575 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns | |
576 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
576 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns | |
577 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
577 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories | |
578 |
|
578 | |||
579 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
579 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
580 |
|
580 | |||
581 | $ hg -q help status |
|
581 | $ hg -q help status | |
582 | hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
582 | hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
583 |
|
583 | |||
584 | show changed files in the working directory |
|
584 | show changed files in the working directory | |
585 |
|
585 | |||
586 | $ hg help foo |
|
586 | $ hg help foo | |
587 | abort: no such help topic: foo |
|
587 | abort: no such help topic: foo | |
588 | (try "hg help --keyword foo") |
|
588 | (try "hg help --keyword foo") | |
589 | [255] |
|
589 | [255] | |
590 |
|
590 | |||
591 | $ hg skjdfks |
|
591 | $ hg skjdfks | |
592 | hg: unknown command 'skjdfks' |
|
592 | hg: unknown command 'skjdfks' | |
593 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
593 | Mercurial Distributed SCM | |
594 |
|
594 | |||
595 | basic commands: |
|
595 | basic commands: | |
596 |
|
596 | |||
597 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
597 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
598 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
598 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
599 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
599 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
600 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
600 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
601 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
601 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
602 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
602 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
603 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
603 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
604 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
604 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
605 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
605 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
606 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
606 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
607 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
607 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
608 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
608 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
609 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
609 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
610 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
610 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
611 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
611 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
612 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
612 | summary summarize working directory state | |
613 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
613 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
614 |
|
614 | |||
615 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands or "hg -v" for details) |
|
615 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands or "hg -v" for details) | |
616 | [255] |
|
616 | [255] | |
617 |
|
617 | |||
618 |
|
618 | |||
619 | $ cat > helpext.py <<EOF |
|
619 | $ cat > helpext.py <<EOF | |
620 | > import os |
|
620 | > import os | |
621 | > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands |
|
621 | > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands | |
622 | > |
|
622 | > | |
623 | > cmdtable = {} |
|
623 | > cmdtable = {} | |
624 | > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable) |
|
624 | > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable) | |
625 | > |
|
625 | > | |
626 | > @command('nohelp', |
|
626 | > @command('nohelp', | |
627 | > [('', 'longdesc', 3, 'x'*90), |
|
627 | > [('', 'longdesc', 3, 'x'*90), | |
628 | > ('n', '', None, 'normal desc'), |
|
628 | > ('n', '', None, 'normal desc'), | |
629 | > ('', 'newline', '', 'line1\nline2')], |
|
629 | > ('', 'newline', '', 'line1\nline2')], | |
630 | > 'hg nohelp', |
|
630 | > 'hg nohelp', | |
631 | > norepo=True) |
|
631 | > norepo=True) | |
632 | > @command('debugoptDEP', [('', 'dopt', None, 'option is DEPRECATED')]) |
|
632 | > @command('debugoptDEP', [('', 'dopt', None, 'option is DEPRECATED')]) | |
633 | > @command('debugoptEXP', [('', 'eopt', None, 'option is EXPERIMENTAL')]) |
|
633 | > @command('debugoptEXP', [('', 'eopt', None, 'option is EXPERIMENTAL')]) | |
634 | > def nohelp(ui, *args, **kwargs): |
|
634 | > def nohelp(ui, *args, **kwargs): | |
635 | > pass |
|
635 | > pass | |
636 | > |
|
636 | > | |
637 | > EOF |
|
637 | > EOF | |
638 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
638 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH | |
639 | $ echo "helpext = `pwd`/helpext.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
639 | $ echo "helpext = `pwd`/helpext.py" >> $HGRCPATH | |
640 |
|
640 | |||
641 | Test command with no help text |
|
641 | Test command with no help text | |
642 |
|
642 | |||
643 | $ hg help nohelp |
|
643 | $ hg help nohelp | |
644 | hg nohelp |
|
644 | hg nohelp | |
645 |
|
645 | |||
646 | (no help text available) |
|
646 | (no help text available) | |
647 |
|
647 | |||
648 | options: |
|
648 | options: | |
649 |
|
649 | |||
650 | --longdesc VALUE xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx |
|
650 | --longdesc VALUE xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx | |
651 | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (default: 3) |
|
651 | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (default: 3) | |
652 | -n -- normal desc |
|
652 | -n -- normal desc | |
653 | --newline VALUE line1 line2 |
|
653 | --newline VALUE line1 line2 | |
654 |
|
654 | |||
655 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
655 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
656 |
|
656 | |||
657 | $ hg help -k nohelp |
|
657 | $ hg help -k nohelp | |
658 | Commands: |
|
658 | Commands: | |
659 |
|
659 | |||
660 | nohelp hg nohelp |
|
660 | nohelp hg nohelp | |
661 |
|
661 | |||
662 | Extension Commands: |
|
662 | Extension Commands: | |
663 |
|
663 | |||
664 | nohelp (no help text available) |
|
664 | nohelp (no help text available) | |
665 |
|
665 | |||
666 | Test that default list of commands omits extension commands |
|
666 | Test that default list of commands omits extension commands | |
667 |
|
667 | |||
668 | $ hg help |
|
668 | $ hg help | |
669 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
669 | Mercurial Distributed SCM | |
670 |
|
670 | |||
671 | list of commands: |
|
671 | list of commands: | |
672 |
|
672 | |||
673 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
673 | add add the specified files on the next commit | |
674 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
674 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files | |
675 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
675 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file | |
676 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
676 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision | |
677 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
677 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset | |
678 | bisect subdivision search of changesets |
|
678 | bisect subdivision search of changesets | |
679 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
679 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
680 | branch set or show the current branch name |
|
680 | branch set or show the current branch name | |
681 | branches list repository named branches |
|
681 | branches list repository named branches | |
682 | bundle create a changegroup file |
|
682 | bundle create a changegroup file | |
683 | cat output the current or given revision of files |
|
683 | cat output the current or given revision of files | |
684 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
684 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
685 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
685 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
686 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
686 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
687 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
687 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit | |
688 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
688 | diff diff repository (or selected files) | |
689 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
689 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
690 | files list tracked files |
|
690 | files list tracked files | |
691 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
691 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit | |
692 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
692 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch | |
693 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
693 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions | |
694 | heads show branch heads |
|
694 | heads show branch heads | |
695 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
695 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview | |
696 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
696 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision | |
697 | import import an ordered set of patches |
|
697 | import import an ordered set of patches | |
698 | incoming show new changesets found in source |
|
698 | incoming show new changesets found in source | |
699 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
699 | init create a new repository in the given directory | |
700 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
700 | log show revision history of entire repository or files | |
701 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
701 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest | |
702 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
702 | merge merge another revision into working directory | |
703 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination |
|
703 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination | |
704 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
704 | paths show aliases for remote repositories | |
705 | phase set or show the current phase name |
|
705 | phase set or show the current phase name | |
706 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
706 | pull pull changes from the specified source | |
707 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
707 | push push changes to the specified destination | |
708 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
708 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction | |
709 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
709 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit | |
710 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
710 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove | |
711 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
711 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files | |
712 | revert restore files to their checkout state |
|
712 | revert restore files to their checkout state | |
713 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
713 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory | |
714 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
714 | serve start stand-alone webserver | |
715 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
715 | status show changed files in the working directory | |
716 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
716 | summary summarize working directory state | |
717 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
717 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision | |
718 | tags list repository tags |
|
718 | tags list repository tags | |
719 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files |
|
719 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files | |
720 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
720 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
721 | verify verify the integrity of the repository |
|
721 | verify verify the integrity of the repository | |
722 | version output version and copyright information |
|
722 | version output version and copyright information | |
723 |
|
723 | |||
724 | enabled extensions: |
|
724 | enabled extensions: | |
725 |
|
725 | |||
726 | helpext (no help text available) |
|
726 | helpext (no help text available) | |
727 |
|
727 | |||
728 | additional help topics: |
|
728 | additional help topics: | |
729 |
|
729 | |||
730 | config Configuration Files |
|
730 | config Configuration Files | |
731 | dates Date Formats |
|
731 | dates Date Formats | |
732 | diffs Diff Formats |
|
732 | diffs Diff Formats | |
733 | environment Environment Variables |
|
733 | environment Environment Variables | |
734 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
734 | extensions Using Additional Features | |
735 | filesets Specifying File Sets |
|
735 | filesets Specifying File Sets | |
736 | glossary Glossary |
|
736 | glossary Glossary | |
737 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
737 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files | |
738 | hgweb Configuring hgweb |
|
738 | hgweb Configuring hgweb | |
739 | merge-tools Merge Tools |
|
739 | merge-tools Merge Tools | |
740 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
740 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions | |
741 | patterns File Name Patterns |
|
741 | patterns File Name Patterns | |
742 | phases Working with Phases |
|
742 | phases Working with Phases | |
743 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions |
|
743 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions | |
744 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets |
|
744 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets | |
745 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
745 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation | |
746 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
746 | subrepos Subrepositories | |
747 | templating Template Usage |
|
747 | templating Template Usage | |
748 | urls URL Paths |
|
748 | urls URL Paths | |
749 |
|
749 | |||
750 | (use "hg help -v" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
750 | (use "hg help -v" to show built-in aliases and global options) | |
751 |
|
751 | |||
752 |
|
752 | |||
753 | Test list of internal help commands |
|
753 | Test list of internal help commands | |
754 |
|
754 | |||
755 | $ hg help debug |
|
755 | $ hg help debug | |
756 | debug commands (internal and unsupported): |
|
756 | debug commands (internal and unsupported): | |
757 |
|
757 | |||
758 | debugancestor |
|
758 | debugancestor | |
759 | find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index |
|
759 | find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index | |
760 | debugbuilddag |
|
760 | debugbuilddag | |
761 | builds a repo with a given DAG from scratch in the current |
|
761 | builds a repo with a given DAG from scratch in the current | |
762 | empty repo |
|
762 | empty repo | |
763 | debugbundle lists the contents of a bundle |
|
763 | debugbundle lists the contents of a bundle | |
764 | debugcheckstate |
|
764 | debugcheckstate | |
765 | validate the correctness of the current dirstate |
|
765 | validate the correctness of the current dirstate | |
766 | debugcommands |
|
766 | debugcommands | |
767 | list all available commands and options |
|
767 | list all available commands and options | |
768 | debugcomplete |
|
768 | debugcomplete | |
769 | returns the completion list associated with the given command |
|
769 | returns the completion list associated with the given command | |
770 | debugdag format the changelog or an index DAG as a concise textual |
|
770 | debugdag format the changelog or an index DAG as a concise textual | |
771 | description |
|
771 | description | |
772 | debugdata dump the contents of a data file revision |
|
772 | debugdata dump the contents of a data file revision | |
773 | debugdate parse and display a date |
|
773 | debugdate parse and display a date | |
774 | debugdirstate |
|
774 | debugdirstate | |
775 | show the contents of the current dirstate |
|
775 | show the contents of the current dirstate | |
776 | debugdiscovery |
|
776 | debugdiscovery | |
777 | runs the changeset discovery protocol in isolation |
|
777 | runs the changeset discovery protocol in isolation | |
778 | debugfileset parse and apply a fileset specification |
|
778 | debugfileset parse and apply a fileset specification | |
779 | debugfsinfo show information detected about current filesystem |
|
779 | debugfsinfo show information detected about current filesystem | |
780 | debuggetbundle |
|
780 | debuggetbundle | |
781 | retrieves a bundle from a repo |
|
781 | retrieves a bundle from a repo | |
782 | debugignore display the combined ignore pattern |
|
782 | debugignore display the combined ignore pattern | |
783 | debugindex dump the contents of an index file |
|
783 | debugindex dump the contents of an index file | |
784 | debugindexdot |
|
784 | debugindexdot | |
785 | dump an index DAG as a graphviz dot file |
|
785 | dump an index DAG as a graphviz dot file | |
786 | debuginstall test Mercurial installation |
|
786 | debuginstall test Mercurial installation | |
787 | debugknown test whether node ids are known to a repo |
|
787 | debugknown test whether node ids are known to a repo | |
788 | debuglocks show or modify state of locks |
|
788 | debuglocks show or modify state of locks | |
789 | debugnamecomplete |
|
789 | debugnamecomplete | |
790 | complete "names" - tags, open branch names, bookmark names |
|
790 | complete "names" - tags, open branch names, bookmark names | |
791 | debugobsolete |
|
791 | debugobsolete | |
792 | create arbitrary obsolete marker |
|
792 | create arbitrary obsolete marker | |
793 | debugoptDEP (no help text available) |
|
793 | debugoptDEP (no help text available) | |
794 | debugoptEXP (no help text available) |
|
794 | debugoptEXP (no help text available) | |
795 | debugpathcomplete |
|
795 | debugpathcomplete | |
796 | complete part or all of a tracked path |
|
796 | complete part or all of a tracked path | |
797 | debugpushkey access the pushkey key/value protocol |
|
797 | debugpushkey access the pushkey key/value protocol | |
798 | debugpvec (no help text available) |
|
798 | debugpvec (no help text available) | |
799 | debugrebuilddirstate |
|
799 | debugrebuilddirstate | |
800 | rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given |
|
800 | rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given | |
801 | revision |
|
801 | revision | |
802 | debugrebuildfncache |
|
802 | debugrebuildfncache | |
803 | rebuild the fncache file |
|
803 | rebuild the fncache file | |
804 | debugrename dump rename information |
|
804 | debugrename dump rename information | |
805 | debugrevlog show data and statistics about a revlog |
|
805 | debugrevlog show data and statistics about a revlog | |
806 | debugrevspec parse and apply a revision specification |
|
806 | debugrevspec parse and apply a revision specification | |
807 | debugsetparents |
|
807 | debugsetparents | |
808 | manually set the parents of the current working directory |
|
808 | manually set the parents of the current working directory | |
809 | debugsub (no help text available) |
|
809 | debugsub (no help text available) | |
810 | debugsuccessorssets |
|
810 | debugsuccessorssets | |
811 | show set of successors for revision |
|
811 | show set of successors for revision | |
812 | debugwalk show how files match on given patterns |
|
812 | debugwalk show how files match on given patterns | |
813 | debugwireargs |
|
813 | debugwireargs | |
814 | (no help text available) |
|
814 | (no help text available) | |
815 |
|
815 | |||
816 | (use "hg help -v debug" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
816 | (use "hg help -v debug" to show built-in aliases and global options) | |
817 |
|
817 | |||
818 |
|
818 | |||
819 | Test list of commands with command with no help text |
|
819 | Test list of commands with command with no help text | |
820 |
|
820 | |||
821 | $ hg help helpext |
|
821 | $ hg help helpext | |
822 | helpext extension - no help text available |
|
822 | helpext extension - no help text available | |
823 |
|
823 | |||
824 | list of commands: |
|
824 | list of commands: | |
825 |
|
825 | |||
826 | nohelp (no help text available) |
|
826 | nohelp (no help text available) | |
827 |
|
827 | |||
828 | (use "hg help -v helpext" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
828 | (use "hg help -v helpext" to show built-in aliases and global options) | |
829 |
|
829 | |||
830 |
|
830 | |||
831 | test deprecated and experimental options are hidden in command help |
|
831 | test deprecated and experimental options are hidden in command help | |
832 | $ hg help debugoptDEP |
|
832 | $ hg help debugoptDEP | |
833 | hg debugoptDEP |
|
833 | hg debugoptDEP | |
834 |
|
834 | |||
835 | (no help text available) |
|
835 | (no help text available) | |
836 |
|
836 | |||
837 | options: |
|
837 | options: | |
838 |
|
838 | |||
839 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
839 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
840 |
|
840 | |||
841 | $ hg help debugoptEXP |
|
841 | $ hg help debugoptEXP | |
842 | hg debugoptEXP |
|
842 | hg debugoptEXP | |
843 |
|
843 | |||
844 | (no help text available) |
|
844 | (no help text available) | |
845 |
|
845 | |||
846 | options: |
|
846 | options: | |
847 |
|
847 | |||
848 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
848 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
849 |
|
849 | |||
850 | test deprecated and experimental options is shown with -v |
|
850 | test deprecated and experimental options is shown with -v | |
851 | $ hg help -v debugoptDEP | grep dopt |
|
851 | $ hg help -v debugoptDEP | grep dopt | |
852 | --dopt option is DEPRECATED |
|
852 | --dopt option is DEPRECATED | |
853 | $ hg help -v debugoptEXP | grep eopt |
|
853 | $ hg help -v debugoptEXP | grep eopt | |
854 | --eopt option is EXPERIMENTAL |
|
854 | --eopt option is EXPERIMENTAL | |
855 |
|
855 | |||
856 | #if gettext |
|
856 | #if gettext | |
857 | test deprecated option is hidden with translation with untranslated description |
|
857 | test deprecated option is hidden with translation with untranslated description | |
858 | (use many globy for not failing on changed transaction) |
|
858 | (use many globy for not failing on changed transaction) | |
859 | $ LANGUAGE=sv hg help debugoptDEP |
|
859 | $ LANGUAGE=sv hg help debugoptDEP | |
860 | hg debugoptDEP |
|
860 | hg debugoptDEP | |
861 |
|
861 | |||
862 | (*) (glob) |
|
862 | (*) (glob) | |
863 |
|
863 | |||
864 | options: |
|
864 | options: | |
865 |
|
865 | |||
866 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
866 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
867 | #endif |
|
867 | #endif | |
868 |
|
868 | |||
869 | Test commands that collide with topics (issue4240) |
|
869 | Test commands that collide with topics (issue4240) | |
870 |
|
870 | |||
871 | $ hg config -hq |
|
871 | $ hg config -hq | |
872 | hg config [-u] [NAME]... |
|
872 | hg config [-u] [NAME]... | |
873 |
|
873 | |||
874 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
874 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
875 | $ hg showconfig -hq |
|
875 | $ hg showconfig -hq | |
876 | hg config [-u] [NAME]... |
|
876 | hg config [-u] [NAME]... | |
877 |
|
877 | |||
878 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
878 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
879 |
|
879 | |||
880 | Test a help topic |
|
880 | Test a help topic | |
881 |
|
881 | |||
882 | $ hg help revs |
|
882 | $ hg help revs | |
883 | Specifying Single Revisions |
|
883 | Specifying Single Revisions | |
884 | """"""""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
884 | """"""""""""""""""""""""""" | |
885 |
|
885 | |||
886 | Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. |
|
886 | Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. | |
887 |
|
887 | |||
888 | A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are |
|
888 | A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are | |
889 | treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip, -2 |
|
889 | treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip, -2 | |
890 | denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. |
|
890 | denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. | |
891 |
|
891 | |||
892 | A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision identifier. |
|
892 | A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision identifier. | |
893 |
|
893 | |||
894 | A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a unique |
|
894 | A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a unique | |
895 | revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form identifier. A |
|
895 | revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form identifier. A | |
896 | short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix of exactly one |
|
896 | short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix of exactly one | |
897 | full-length identifier. |
|
897 | full-length identifier. | |
898 |
|
898 | |||
899 | Any other string is treated as a bookmark, tag, or branch name. A bookmark |
|
899 | Any other string is treated as a bookmark, tag, or branch name. A bookmark | |
900 | is a movable pointer to a revision. A tag is a permanent name associated |
|
900 | is a movable pointer to a revision. A tag is a permanent name associated | |
901 | with a revision. A branch name denotes the tipmost open branch head of |
|
901 | with a revision. A branch name denotes the tipmost open branch head of | |
902 | that branch - or if they are all closed, the tipmost closed head of the |
|
902 | that branch - or if they are all closed, the tipmost closed head of the | |
903 | branch. Bookmark, tag, and branch names must not contain the ":" |
|
903 | branch. Bookmark, tag, and branch names must not contain the ":" | |
904 | character. |
|
904 | character. | |
905 |
|
905 | |||
906 | The reserved name "tip" always identifies the most recent revision. |
|
906 | The reserved name "tip" always identifies the most recent revision. | |
907 |
|
907 | |||
908 | The reserved name "null" indicates the null revision. This is the revision |
|
908 | The reserved name "null" indicates the null revision. This is the revision | |
909 | of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. |
|
909 | of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. | |
910 |
|
910 | |||
911 | The reserved name "." indicates the working directory parent. If no |
|
911 | The reserved name "." indicates the working directory parent. If no | |
912 | working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an |
|
912 | working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an | |
913 | uncommitted merge is in progress, "." is the revision of the first parent. |
|
913 | uncommitted merge is in progress, "." is the revision of the first parent. | |
914 |
|
914 | |||
915 | Test repeated config section name |
|
915 | Test repeated config section name | |
916 |
|
916 | |||
917 | $ hg help config.host |
|
917 | $ hg help config.host | |
918 | "http_proxy.host" |
|
918 | "http_proxy.host" | |
919 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example |
|
919 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example | |
920 | "myproxy:8000". |
|
920 | "myproxy:8000". | |
921 |
|
921 | |||
922 | "smtp.host" |
|
922 | "smtp.host" | |
923 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". |
|
923 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". | |
924 |
|
924 | |||
925 | Unrelated trailing paragraphs shouldn't be included |
|
925 | Unrelated trailing paragraphs shouldn't be included | |
926 |
|
926 | |||
927 | $ hg help config.extramsg | grep '^$' |
|
927 | $ hg help config.extramsg | grep '^$' | |
928 |
|
928 | |||
929 |
|
929 | |||
930 | Test capitalized section name |
|
930 | Test capitalized section name | |
931 |
|
931 | |||
932 | $ hg help scripting.HGPLAIN > /dev/null |
|
932 | $ hg help scripting.HGPLAIN > /dev/null | |
933 |
|
933 | |||
934 | Help subsection: |
|
934 | Help subsection: | |
935 |
|
935 | |||
936 | $ hg help config.charsets |grep "Email example:" > /dev/null |
|
936 | $ hg help config.charsets |grep "Email example:" > /dev/null | |
937 | [1] |
|
937 | [1] | |
938 |
|
938 | |||
939 | Last item in help config.*: |
|
939 | Last item in help config.*: | |
940 |
|
940 | |||
941 | $ hg help config.`hg help config|grep '^ "'| \ |
|
941 | $ hg help config.`hg help config|grep '^ "'| \ | |
942 | > tail -1|sed 's![ "]*!!g'`| \ |
|
942 | > tail -1|sed 's![ "]*!!g'`| \ | |
943 | > grep "hg help -c config" > /dev/null |
|
943 | > grep "hg help -c config" > /dev/null | |
944 | [1] |
|
944 | [1] | |
945 |
|
945 | |||
946 | note to use help -c for general hg help config: |
|
946 | note to use help -c for general hg help config: | |
947 |
|
947 | |||
948 | $ hg help config |grep "hg help -c config" > /dev/null |
|
948 | $ hg help config |grep "hg help -c config" > /dev/null | |
949 |
|
949 | |||
950 | Test templating help |
|
950 | Test templating help | |
951 |
|
951 | |||
952 | $ hg help templating | egrep '(desc|diffstat|firstline|nonempty) ' |
|
952 | $ hg help templating | egrep '(desc|diffstat|firstline|nonempty) ' | |
953 | desc String. The text of the changeset description. |
|
953 | desc String. The text of the changeset description. | |
954 | diffstat String. Statistics of changes with the following format: |
|
954 | diffstat String. Statistics of changes with the following format: | |
955 | firstline Any text. Returns the first line of text. |
|
955 | firstline Any text. Returns the first line of text. | |
956 | nonempty Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty. |
|
956 | nonempty Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty. | |
957 |
|
957 | |||
958 | Test help hooks |
|
958 | Test help hooks | |
959 |
|
959 | |||
960 | $ cat > helphook1.py <<EOF |
|
960 | $ cat > helphook1.py <<EOF | |
961 | > from mercurial import help |
|
961 | > from mercurial import help | |
962 | > |
|
962 | > | |
963 | > def rewrite(topic, doc): |
|
963 | > def rewrite(topic, doc): | |
964 | > return doc + '\nhelphook1\n' |
|
964 | > return doc + '\nhelphook1\n' | |
965 | > |
|
965 | > | |
966 | > def extsetup(ui): |
|
966 | > def extsetup(ui): | |
967 | > help.addtopichook('revsets', rewrite) |
|
967 | > help.addtopichook('revsets', rewrite) | |
968 | > EOF |
|
968 | > EOF | |
969 | $ cat > helphook2.py <<EOF |
|
969 | $ cat > helphook2.py <<EOF | |
970 | > from mercurial import help |
|
970 | > from mercurial import help | |
971 | > |
|
971 | > | |
972 | > def rewrite(topic, doc): |
|
972 | > def rewrite(topic, doc): | |
973 | > return doc + '\nhelphook2\n' |
|
973 | > return doc + '\nhelphook2\n' | |
974 | > |
|
974 | > | |
975 | > def extsetup(ui): |
|
975 | > def extsetup(ui): | |
976 | > help.addtopichook('revsets', rewrite) |
|
976 | > help.addtopichook('revsets', rewrite) | |
977 | > EOF |
|
977 | > EOF | |
978 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
978 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH | |
979 | $ echo "helphook1 = `pwd`/helphook1.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
979 | $ echo "helphook1 = `pwd`/helphook1.py" >> $HGRCPATH | |
980 | $ echo "helphook2 = `pwd`/helphook2.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
980 | $ echo "helphook2 = `pwd`/helphook2.py" >> $HGRCPATH | |
981 | $ hg help revsets | grep helphook |
|
981 | $ hg help revsets | grep helphook | |
982 | helphook1 |
|
982 | helphook1 | |
983 | helphook2 |
|
983 | helphook2 | |
984 |
|
984 | |||
985 | Test keyword search help |
|
985 | Test keyword search help | |
986 |
|
986 | |||
987 | $ cat > prefixedname.py <<EOF |
|
987 | $ cat > prefixedname.py <<EOF | |
988 | > '''matched against word "clone" |
|
988 | > '''matched against word "clone" | |
989 | > ''' |
|
989 | > ''' | |
990 | > EOF |
|
990 | > EOF | |
991 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
991 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH | |
992 | $ echo "dot.dot.prefixedname = `pwd`/prefixedname.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
992 | $ echo "dot.dot.prefixedname = `pwd`/prefixedname.py" >> $HGRCPATH | |
993 | $ hg help -k clone |
|
993 | $ hg help -k clone | |
994 | Topics: |
|
994 | Topics: | |
995 |
|
995 | |||
996 | config Configuration Files |
|
996 | config Configuration Files | |
997 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
997 | extensions Using Additional Features | |
998 | glossary Glossary |
|
998 | glossary Glossary | |
999 | phases Working with Phases |
|
999 | phases Working with Phases | |
1000 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
1000 | subrepos Subrepositories | |
1001 | urls URL Paths |
|
1001 | urls URL Paths | |
1002 |
|
1002 | |||
1003 | Commands: |
|
1003 | Commands: | |
1004 |
|
1004 | |||
1005 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
1005 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
1006 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
1006 | clone make a copy of an existing repository | |
1007 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
1007 | paths show aliases for remote repositories | |
1008 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
1008 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
1009 |
|
1009 | |||
1010 | Extensions: |
|
1010 | Extensions: | |
1011 |
|
1011 | |||
1012 | prefixedname matched against word "clone" |
|
1012 | prefixedname matched against word "clone" | |
1013 | relink recreates hardlinks between repository clones |
|
1013 | relink recreates hardlinks between repository clones | |
1014 |
|
1014 | |||
1015 | Extension Commands: |
|
1015 | Extension Commands: | |
1016 |
|
1016 | |||
1017 | qclone clone main and patch repository at same time |
|
1017 | qclone clone main and patch repository at same time | |
1018 |
|
1018 | |||
1019 | Test unfound topic |
|
1019 | Test unfound topic | |
1020 |
|
1020 | |||
1021 | $ hg help nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever |
|
1021 | $ hg help nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever | |
1022 | abort: no such help topic: nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever |
|
1022 | abort: no such help topic: nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever | |
1023 | (try "hg help --keyword nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever") |
|
1023 | (try "hg help --keyword nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever") | |
1024 | [255] |
|
1024 | [255] | |
1025 |
|
1025 | |||
1026 | Test unfound keyword |
|
1026 | Test unfound keyword | |
1027 |
|
1027 | |||
1028 | $ hg help --keyword nonexistingwordthatwillneverexisteverever |
|
1028 | $ hg help --keyword nonexistingwordthatwillneverexisteverever | |
1029 | abort: no matches |
|
1029 | abort: no matches | |
1030 | (try "hg help" for a list of topics) |
|
1030 | (try "hg help" for a list of topics) | |
1031 | [255] |
|
1031 | [255] | |
1032 |
|
1032 | |||
1033 | Test omit indicating for help |
|
1033 | Test omit indicating for help | |
1034 |
|
1034 | |||
1035 | $ cat > addverboseitems.py <<EOF |
|
1035 | $ cat > addverboseitems.py <<EOF | |
1036 | > '''extension to test omit indicating. |
|
1036 | > '''extension to test omit indicating. | |
1037 | > |
|
1037 | > | |
1038 | > This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) |
|
1038 | > This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) | |
1039 | > |
|
1039 | > | |
1040 | > .. container:: verbose |
|
1040 | > .. container:: verbose | |
1041 | > |
|
1041 | > | |
1042 | > This paragraph is omitted, |
|
1042 | > This paragraph is omitted, | |
1043 | > if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for extension) |
|
1043 | > if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for extension) | |
1044 | > |
|
1044 | > | |
1045 | > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) |
|
1045 | > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) | |
1046 | > ''' |
|
1046 | > ''' | |
1047 | > |
|
1047 | > | |
1048 | > from mercurial import help, commands |
|
1048 | > from mercurial import help, commands | |
1049 | > testtopic = """This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). |
|
1049 | > testtopic = """This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). | |
1050 | > |
|
1050 | > | |
1051 | > .. container:: verbose |
|
1051 | > .. container:: verbose | |
1052 | > |
|
1052 | > | |
1053 | > This paragraph is omitted, |
|
1053 | > This paragraph is omitted, | |
1054 | > if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for topic) |
|
1054 | > if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for topic) | |
1055 | > |
|
1055 | > | |
1056 | > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) |
|
1056 | > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) | |
1057 | > """ |
|
1057 | > """ | |
1058 | > def extsetup(ui): |
|
1058 | > def extsetup(ui): | |
1059 | > help.helptable.append((["topic-containing-verbose"], |
|
1059 | > help.helptable.append((["topic-containing-verbose"], | |
1060 | > "This is the topic to test omit indicating.", |
|
1060 | > "This is the topic to test omit indicating.", | |
1061 | > lambda : testtopic)) |
|
1061 | > lambda : testtopic)) | |
1062 | > EOF |
|
1062 | > EOF | |
1063 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1063 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH | |
1064 | $ echo "addverboseitems = `pwd`/addverboseitems.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1064 | $ echo "addverboseitems = `pwd`/addverboseitems.py" >> $HGRCPATH | |
1065 | $ hg help addverboseitems |
|
1065 | $ hg help addverboseitems | |
1066 | addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating. |
|
1066 | addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating. | |
1067 |
|
1067 | |||
1068 | This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) |
|
1068 | This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) | |
1069 |
|
1069 | |||
1070 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) |
|
1070 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) | |
1071 |
|
1071 | |||
1072 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
1072 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
1073 |
|
1073 | |||
1074 | no commands defined |
|
1074 | no commands defined | |
1075 | $ hg help -v addverboseitems |
|
1075 | $ hg help -v addverboseitems | |
1076 | addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating. |
|
1076 | addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating. | |
1077 |
|
1077 | |||
1078 | This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) |
|
1078 | This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) | |
1079 |
|
1079 | |||
1080 | This paragraph is omitted, if "hg help" is invoked without "-v" (for |
|
1080 | This paragraph is omitted, if "hg help" is invoked without "-v" (for | |
1081 | extension) |
|
1081 | extension) | |
1082 |
|
1082 | |||
1083 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) |
|
1083 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) | |
1084 |
|
1084 | |||
1085 | no commands defined |
|
1085 | no commands defined | |
1086 | $ hg help topic-containing-verbose |
|
1086 | $ hg help topic-containing-verbose | |
1087 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. |
|
1087 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. | |
1088 | """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
1088 | """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" | |
1089 |
|
1089 | |||
1090 | This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). |
|
1090 | This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). | |
1091 |
|
1091 | |||
1092 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) |
|
1092 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) | |
1093 |
|
1093 | |||
1094 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
1094 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) | |
1095 | $ hg help -v topic-containing-verbose |
|
1095 | $ hg help -v topic-containing-verbose | |
1096 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. |
|
1096 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. | |
1097 | """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
1097 | """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" | |
1098 |
|
1098 | |||
1099 | This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). |
|
1099 | This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). | |
1100 |
|
1100 | |||
1101 | This paragraph is omitted, if "hg help" is invoked without "-v" (for |
|
1101 | This paragraph is omitted, if "hg help" is invoked without "-v" (for | |
1102 | topic) |
|
1102 | topic) | |
1103 |
|
1103 | |||
1104 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) |
|
1104 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) | |
1105 |
|
1105 | |||
1106 | Test section lookup |
|
1106 | Test section lookup | |
1107 |
|
1107 | |||
1108 | $ hg help revset.merge |
|
1108 | $ hg help revset.merge | |
1109 | "merge()" |
|
1109 | "merge()" | |
1110 | Changeset is a merge changeset. |
|
1110 | Changeset is a merge changeset. | |
1111 |
|
1111 | |||
1112 | $ hg help glossary.dag |
|
1112 | $ hg help glossary.dag | |
1113 | DAG |
|
1113 | DAG | |
1114 | The repository of changesets of a distributed version control system |
|
1114 | The repository of changesets of a distributed version control system | |
1115 | (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG), consisting |
|
1115 | (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG), consisting | |
1116 | of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to changesets and edges |
|
1116 | of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to changesets and edges | |
1117 | imply a parent -> child relation. This graph can be visualized by |
|
1117 | imply a parent -> child relation. This graph can be visualized by | |
1118 | graphical tools such as "hg log --graph". In Mercurial, the DAG is |
|
1118 | graphical tools such as "hg log --graph". In Mercurial, the DAG is | |
1119 | limited by the requirement for children to have at most two parents. |
|
1119 | limited by the requirement for children to have at most two parents. | |
1120 |
|
1120 | |||
1121 |
|
1121 | |||
1122 | $ hg help hgrc.paths |
|
1122 | $ hg help hgrc.paths | |
1123 | "paths" |
|
1123 | "paths" | |
1124 | ------- |
|
1124 | ------- | |
1125 |
|
1125 | |||
1126 | Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the symbolic |
|
1126 | Assigns symbolic names to repositories. The left side is the symbolic | |
1127 | name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the location of the |
|
1127 | name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the location of the | |
1128 | repository. Default paths can be declared by setting the following |
|
1128 | repository. Default paths can be declared by setting the following | |
1129 | entries. |
|
1129 | entries. | |
1130 |
|
1130 | |||
1131 | "default" |
|
1131 | "default" | |
1132 | Directory or URL to use when pulling if no source is specified. |
|
1132 | Directory or URL to use when pulling if no source is specified. | |
1133 |
|
|
1133 | (default: repository from which the current repository was cloned) | |
1134 | cloned. |
|
|||
1135 |
|
1134 | |||
1136 | "default-push" |
|
1135 | "default-push" | |
1137 | Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination is |
|
1136 | Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination is | |
1138 | specified. |
|
1137 | specified. | |
1139 |
|
1138 | |||
1140 | Custom paths can be defined by assigning the path to a name that later can |
|
1139 | Custom paths can be defined by assigning the path to a name that later can | |
1141 | be used from the command line. Example: |
|
1140 | be used from the command line. Example: | |
1142 |
|
1141 | |||
1143 | [paths] |
|
1142 | [paths] | |
1144 | my_path = http://example.com/path |
|
1143 | my_path = http://example.com/path | |
1145 |
|
1144 | |||
1146 | To push to the path defined in "my_path" run the command: |
|
1145 | To push to the path defined in "my_path" run the command: | |
1147 |
|
1146 | |||
1148 | hg push my_path |
|
1147 | hg push my_path | |
1149 |
|
1148 | |||
1150 | $ hg help glossary.mcguffin |
|
1149 | $ hg help glossary.mcguffin | |
1151 | abort: help section not found |
|
1150 | abort: help section not found | |
1152 | [255] |
|
1151 | [255] | |
1153 |
|
1152 | |||
1154 | $ hg help glossary.mc.guffin |
|
1153 | $ hg help glossary.mc.guffin | |
1155 | abort: help section not found |
|
1154 | abort: help section not found | |
1156 | [255] |
|
1155 | [255] | |
1157 |
|
1156 | |||
1158 | $ hg help template.files |
|
1157 | $ hg help template.files | |
1159 | files List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by |
|
1158 | files List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by | |
1160 | this changeset. |
|
1159 | this changeset. | |
1161 |
|
1160 | |||
1162 | Test dynamic list of merge tools only shows up once |
|
1161 | Test dynamic list of merge tools only shows up once | |
1163 | $ hg help merge-tools |
|
1162 | $ hg help merge-tools | |
1164 | Merge Tools |
|
1163 | Merge Tools | |
1165 | """"""""""" |
|
1164 | """"""""""" | |
1166 |
|
1165 | |||
1167 | To merge files Mercurial uses merge tools. |
|
1166 | To merge files Mercurial uses merge tools. | |
1168 |
|
1167 | |||
1169 | A merge tool combines two different versions of a file into a merged file. |
|
1168 | A merge tool combines two different versions of a file into a merged file. | |
1170 | Merge tools are given the two files and the greatest common ancestor of |
|
1169 | Merge tools are given the two files and the greatest common ancestor of | |
1171 | the two file versions, so they can determine the changes made on both |
|
1170 | the two file versions, so they can determine the changes made on both | |
1172 | branches. |
|
1171 | branches. | |
1173 |
|
1172 | |||
1174 | Merge tools are used both for "hg resolve", "hg merge", "hg update", "hg |
|
1173 | Merge tools are used both for "hg resolve", "hg merge", "hg update", "hg | |
1175 | backout" and in several extensions. |
|
1174 | backout" and in several extensions. | |
1176 |
|
1175 | |||
1177 | Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by |
|
1176 | Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by | |
1178 | combining all non-overlapping changes that occurred separately in the two |
|
1177 | combining all non-overlapping changes that occurred separately in the two | |
1179 | different evolutions of the same initial base file. Furthermore, some |
|
1178 | different evolutions of the same initial base file. Furthermore, some | |
1180 | interactive merge programs make it easier to manually resolve conflicting |
|
1179 | interactive merge programs make it easier to manually resolve conflicting | |
1181 | merges, either in a graphical way, or by inserting some conflict markers. |
|
1180 | merges, either in a graphical way, or by inserting some conflict markers. | |
1182 | Mercurial does not include any interactive merge programs but relies on |
|
1181 | Mercurial does not include any interactive merge programs but relies on | |
1183 | external tools for that. |
|
1182 | external tools for that. | |
1184 |
|
1183 | |||
1185 | Available merge tools |
|
1184 | Available merge tools | |
1186 | ===================== |
|
1185 | ===================== | |
1187 |
|
1186 | |||
1188 | External merge tools and their properties are configured in the merge- |
|
1187 | External merge tools and their properties are configured in the merge- | |
1189 | tools configuration section - see hgrc(5) - but they can often just be |
|
1188 | tools configuration section - see hgrc(5) - but they can often just be | |
1190 | named by their executable. |
|
1189 | named by their executable. | |
1191 |
|
1190 | |||
1192 | A merge tool is generally usable if its executable can be found on the |
|
1191 | A merge tool is generally usable if its executable can be found on the | |
1193 | system and if it can handle the merge. The executable is found if it is an |
|
1192 | system and if it can handle the merge. The executable is found if it is an | |
1194 | absolute or relative executable path or the name of an application in the |
|
1193 | absolute or relative executable path or the name of an application in the | |
1195 | executable search path. The tool is assumed to be able to handle the merge |
|
1194 | executable search path. The tool is assumed to be able to handle the merge | |
1196 | if it can handle symlinks if the file is a symlink, if it can handle |
|
1195 | if it can handle symlinks if the file is a symlink, if it can handle | |
1197 | binary files if the file is binary, and if a GUI is available if the tool |
|
1196 | binary files if the file is binary, and if a GUI is available if the tool | |
1198 | requires a GUI. |
|
1197 | requires a GUI. | |
1199 |
|
1198 | |||
1200 | There are some internal merge tools which can be used. The internal merge |
|
1199 | There are some internal merge tools which can be used. The internal merge | |
1201 | tools are: |
|
1200 | tools are: | |
1202 |
|
1201 | |||
1203 | ":dump" |
|
1202 | ":dump" | |
1204 | Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the contents of |
|
1203 | Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the contents of | |
1205 | local, other and base. These files can then be used to perform a merge |
|
1204 | local, other and base. These files can then be used to perform a merge | |
1206 | manually. If the file to be merged is named "a.txt", these files will |
|
1205 | manually. If the file to be merged is named "a.txt", these files will | |
1207 | accordingly be named "a.txt.local", "a.txt.other" and "a.txt.base" and |
|
1206 | accordingly be named "a.txt.local", "a.txt.other" and "a.txt.base" and | |
1208 | they will be placed in the same directory as "a.txt". |
|
1207 | they will be placed in the same directory as "a.txt". | |
1209 |
|
1208 | |||
1210 | ":fail" |
|
1209 | ":fail" | |
1211 | Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both |
|
1210 | Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both | |
1212 | branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be used |
|
1211 | branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be used | |
1213 | to resolve these conflicts. |
|
1212 | to resolve these conflicts. | |
1214 |
|
1213 | |||
1215 | ":local" |
|
1214 | ":local" | |
1216 | Uses the local version of files as the merged version. |
|
1215 | Uses the local version of files as the merged version. | |
1217 |
|
1216 | |||
1218 | ":merge" |
|
1217 | ":merge" | |
1219 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging |
|
1218 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging | |
1220 | files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the |
|
1219 | files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the | |
1221 | partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side |
|
1220 | partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side | |
1222 | of merge. |
|
1221 | of merge. | |
1223 |
|
1222 | |||
1224 | ":merge3" |
|
1223 | ":merge3" | |
1225 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging |
|
1224 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging | |
1226 | files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the |
|
1225 | files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the | |
1227 | partially merged file. Marker will have three sections, one from each |
|
1226 | partially merged file. Marker will have three sections, one from each | |
1228 | side of the merge and one for the base content. |
|
1227 | side of the merge and one for the base content. | |
1229 |
|
1228 | |||
1230 | ":other" |
|
1229 | ":other" | |
1231 | Uses the other version of files as the merged version. |
|
1230 | Uses the other version of files as the merged version. | |
1232 |
|
1231 | |||
1233 | ":prompt" |
|
1232 | ":prompt" | |
1234 | Asks the user which of the local or the other version to keep as the |
|
1233 | Asks the user which of the local or the other version to keep as the | |
1235 | merged version. |
|
1234 | merged version. | |
1236 |
|
1235 | |||
1237 | ":tagmerge" |
|
1236 | ":tagmerge" | |
1238 | Uses the internal tag merge algorithm (experimental). |
|
1237 | Uses the internal tag merge algorithm (experimental). | |
1239 |
|
1238 | |||
1240 | ":union" |
|
1239 | ":union" | |
1241 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging |
|
1240 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging | |
1242 | files. It will use both left and right sides for conflict regions. No |
|
1241 | files. It will use both left and right sides for conflict regions. No | |
1243 | markers are inserted. |
|
1242 | markers are inserted. | |
1244 |
|
1243 | |||
1245 | Internal tools are always available and do not require a GUI but will by |
|
1244 | Internal tools are always available and do not require a GUI but will by | |
1246 | default not handle symlinks or binary files. |
|
1245 | default not handle symlinks or binary files. | |
1247 |
|
1246 | |||
1248 | Choosing a merge tool |
|
1247 | Choosing a merge tool | |
1249 | ===================== |
|
1248 | ===================== | |
1250 |
|
1249 | |||
1251 | Mercurial uses these rules when deciding which merge tool to use: |
|
1250 | Mercurial uses these rules when deciding which merge tool to use: | |
1252 |
|
1251 | |||
1253 | 1. If a tool has been specified with the --tool option to merge or |
|
1252 | 1. If a tool has been specified with the --tool option to merge or | |
1254 | resolve, it is used. If it is the name of a tool in the merge-tools |
|
1253 | resolve, it is used. If it is the name of a tool in the merge-tools | |
1255 | configuration, its configuration is used. Otherwise the specified tool |
|
1254 | configuration, its configuration is used. Otherwise the specified tool | |
1256 | must be executable by the shell. |
|
1255 | must be executable by the shell. | |
1257 | 2. If the "HGMERGE" environment variable is present, its value is used and |
|
1256 | 2. If the "HGMERGE" environment variable is present, its value is used and | |
1258 | must be executable by the shell. |
|
1257 | must be executable by the shell. | |
1259 | 3. If the filename of the file to be merged matches any of the patterns in |
|
1258 | 3. If the filename of the file to be merged matches any of the patterns in | |
1260 | the merge-patterns configuration section, the first usable merge tool |
|
1259 | the merge-patterns configuration section, the first usable merge tool | |
1261 | corresponding to a matching pattern is used. Here, binary capabilities |
|
1260 | corresponding to a matching pattern is used. Here, binary capabilities | |
1262 | of the merge tool are not considered. |
|
1261 | of the merge tool are not considered. | |
1263 | 4. If ui.merge is set it will be considered next. If the value is not the |
|
1262 | 4. If ui.merge is set it will be considered next. If the value is not the | |
1264 | name of a configured tool, the specified value is used and must be |
|
1263 | name of a configured tool, the specified value is used and must be | |
1265 | executable by the shell. Otherwise the named tool is used if it is |
|
1264 | executable by the shell. Otherwise the named tool is used if it is | |
1266 | usable. |
|
1265 | usable. | |
1267 | 5. If any usable merge tools are present in the merge-tools configuration |
|
1266 | 5. If any usable merge tools are present in the merge-tools configuration | |
1268 | section, the one with the highest priority is used. |
|
1267 | section, the one with the highest priority is used. | |
1269 | 6. If a program named "hgmerge" can be found on the system, it is used - |
|
1268 | 6. If a program named "hgmerge" can be found on the system, it is used - | |
1270 | but it will by default not be used for symlinks and binary files. |
|
1269 | but it will by default not be used for symlinks and binary files. | |
1271 | 7. If the file to be merged is not binary and is not a symlink, then |
|
1270 | 7. If the file to be merged is not binary and is not a symlink, then | |
1272 | internal ":merge" is used. |
|
1271 | internal ":merge" is used. | |
1273 | 8. The merge of the file fails and must be resolved before commit. |
|
1272 | 8. The merge of the file fails and must be resolved before commit. | |
1274 |
|
1273 | |||
1275 | Note: |
|
1274 | Note: | |
1276 | After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt to |
|
1275 | After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt to | |
1277 | merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it |
|
1276 | merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it | |
1278 | doesn't succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually |
|
1277 | doesn't succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually | |
1279 | execute the merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm |
|
1278 | execute the merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm | |
1280 | first can be controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. |
|
1279 | first can be controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. | |
1281 | Premerge is enabled by default unless the file is binary or a symlink. |
|
1280 | Premerge is enabled by default unless the file is binary or a symlink. | |
1282 |
|
1281 | |||
1283 | See the merge-tools and ui sections of hgrc(5) for details on the |
|
1282 | See the merge-tools and ui sections of hgrc(5) for details on the | |
1284 | configuration of merge tools. |
|
1283 | configuration of merge tools. | |
1285 |
|
1284 | |||
1286 | Test usage of section marks in help documents |
|
1285 | Test usage of section marks in help documents | |
1287 |
|
1286 | |||
1288 | $ cd "$TESTDIR"/../doc |
|
1287 | $ cd "$TESTDIR"/../doc | |
1289 | $ python check-seclevel.py |
|
1288 | $ python check-seclevel.py | |
1290 | $ cd $TESTTMP |
|
1289 | $ cd $TESTTMP | |
1291 |
|
1290 | |||
1292 | #if serve |
|
1291 | #if serve | |
1293 |
|
1292 | |||
1294 | Test the help pages in hgweb. |
|
1293 | Test the help pages in hgweb. | |
1295 |
|
1294 | |||
1296 | Dish up an empty repo; serve it cold. |
|
1295 | Dish up an empty repo; serve it cold. | |
1297 |
|
1296 | |||
1298 | $ hg init "$TESTTMP/test" |
|
1297 | $ hg init "$TESTTMP/test" | |
1299 | $ hg serve -R "$TESTTMP/test" -n test -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid |
|
1298 | $ hg serve -R "$TESTTMP/test" -n test -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid | |
1300 | $ cat hg.pid >> $DAEMON_PIDS |
|
1299 | $ cat hg.pid >> $DAEMON_PIDS | |
1301 |
|
1300 | |||
1302 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help" |
|
1301 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help" | |
1303 | 200 Script output follows |
|
1302 | 200 Script output follows | |
1304 |
|
1303 | |||
1305 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
1304 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> | |
1306 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
1305 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> | |
1307 | <head> |
|
1306 | <head> | |
1308 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
1307 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> | |
1309 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
1308 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> | |
1310 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
1309 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> | |
1311 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
1310 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> | |
1312 |
|
1311 | |||
1313 | <title>Help: Index</title> |
|
1312 | <title>Help: Index</title> | |
1314 | </head> |
|
1313 | </head> | |
1315 | <body> |
|
1314 | <body> | |
1316 |
|
1315 | |||
1317 | <div class="container"> |
|
1316 | <div class="container"> | |
1318 | <div class="menu"> |
|
1317 | <div class="menu"> | |
1319 | <div class="logo"> |
|
1318 | <div class="logo"> | |
1320 | <a href="http://mercurial.selenic.com/"> |
|
1319 | <a href="http://mercurial.selenic.com/"> | |
1321 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
1320 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> | |
1322 | </div> |
|
1321 | </div> | |
1323 | <ul> |
|
1322 | <ul> | |
1324 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
1323 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> | |
1325 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
1324 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> | |
1326 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
1325 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> | |
1327 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
1326 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> | |
1328 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
1327 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> | |
1329 | </ul> |
|
1328 | </ul> | |
1330 | <ul> |
|
1329 | <ul> | |
1331 | <li class="active">help</li> |
|
1330 | <li class="active">help</li> | |
1332 | </ul> |
|
1331 | </ul> | |
1333 | </div> |
|
1332 | </div> | |
1334 |
|
1333 | |||
1335 | <div class="main"> |
|
1334 | <div class="main"> | |
1336 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
1335 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> | |
1337 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
1336 | <form class="search" action="/log"> | |
1338 |
|
1337 | |||
1339 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
1338 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> | |
1340 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
1339 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision | |
1341 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
1340 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> | |
1342 | </form> |
|
1341 | </form> | |
1343 | <table class="bigtable"> |
|
1342 | <table class="bigtable"> | |
1344 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#topics">Topics</a></h2></td></tr> |
|
1343 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#topics">Topics</a></h2></td></tr> | |
1345 |
|
1344 | |||
1346 | <tr><td> |
|
1345 | <tr><td> | |
1347 | <a href="/help/config"> |
|
1346 | <a href="/help/config"> | |
1348 | config |
|
1347 | config | |
1349 | </a> |
|
1348 | </a> | |
1350 | </td><td> |
|
1349 | </td><td> | |
1351 | Configuration Files |
|
1350 | Configuration Files | |
1352 | </td></tr> |
|
1351 | </td></tr> | |
1353 | <tr><td> |
|
1352 | <tr><td> | |
1354 | <a href="/help/dates"> |
|
1353 | <a href="/help/dates"> | |
1355 | dates |
|
1354 | dates | |
1356 | </a> |
|
1355 | </a> | |
1357 | </td><td> |
|
1356 | </td><td> | |
1358 | Date Formats |
|
1357 | Date Formats | |
1359 | </td></tr> |
|
1358 | </td></tr> | |
1360 | <tr><td> |
|
1359 | <tr><td> | |
1361 | <a href="/help/diffs"> |
|
1360 | <a href="/help/diffs"> | |
1362 | diffs |
|
1361 | diffs | |
1363 | </a> |
|
1362 | </a> | |
1364 | </td><td> |
|
1363 | </td><td> | |
1365 | Diff Formats |
|
1364 | Diff Formats | |
1366 | </td></tr> |
|
1365 | </td></tr> | |
1367 | <tr><td> |
|
1366 | <tr><td> | |
1368 | <a href="/help/environment"> |
|
1367 | <a href="/help/environment"> | |
1369 | environment |
|
1368 | environment | |
1370 | </a> |
|
1369 | </a> | |
1371 | </td><td> |
|
1370 | </td><td> | |
1372 | Environment Variables |
|
1371 | Environment Variables | |
1373 | </td></tr> |
|
1372 | </td></tr> | |
1374 | <tr><td> |
|
1373 | <tr><td> | |
1375 | <a href="/help/extensions"> |
|
1374 | <a href="/help/extensions"> | |
1376 | extensions |
|
1375 | extensions | |
1377 | </a> |
|
1376 | </a> | |
1378 | </td><td> |
|
1377 | </td><td> | |
1379 | Using Additional Features |
|
1378 | Using Additional Features | |
1380 | </td></tr> |
|
1379 | </td></tr> | |
1381 | <tr><td> |
|
1380 | <tr><td> | |
1382 | <a href="/help/filesets"> |
|
1381 | <a href="/help/filesets"> | |
1383 | filesets |
|
1382 | filesets | |
1384 | </a> |
|
1383 | </a> | |
1385 | </td><td> |
|
1384 | </td><td> | |
1386 | Specifying File Sets |
|
1385 | Specifying File Sets | |
1387 | </td></tr> |
|
1386 | </td></tr> | |
1388 | <tr><td> |
|
1387 | <tr><td> | |
1389 | <a href="/help/glossary"> |
|
1388 | <a href="/help/glossary"> | |
1390 | glossary |
|
1389 | glossary | |
1391 | </a> |
|
1390 | </a> | |
1392 | </td><td> |
|
1391 | </td><td> | |
1393 | Glossary |
|
1392 | Glossary | |
1394 | </td></tr> |
|
1393 | </td></tr> | |
1395 | <tr><td> |
|
1394 | <tr><td> | |
1396 | <a href="/help/hgignore"> |
|
1395 | <a href="/help/hgignore"> | |
1397 | hgignore |
|
1396 | hgignore | |
1398 | </a> |
|
1397 | </a> | |
1399 | </td><td> |
|
1398 | </td><td> | |
1400 | Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
1399 | Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files | |
1401 | </td></tr> |
|
1400 | </td></tr> | |
1402 | <tr><td> |
|
1401 | <tr><td> | |
1403 | <a href="/help/hgweb"> |
|
1402 | <a href="/help/hgweb"> | |
1404 | hgweb |
|
1403 | hgweb | |
1405 | </a> |
|
1404 | </a> | |
1406 | </td><td> |
|
1405 | </td><td> | |
1407 | Configuring hgweb |
|
1406 | Configuring hgweb | |
1408 | </td></tr> |
|
1407 | </td></tr> | |
1409 | <tr><td> |
|
1408 | <tr><td> | |
1410 | <a href="/help/merge-tools"> |
|
1409 | <a href="/help/merge-tools"> | |
1411 | merge-tools |
|
1410 | merge-tools | |
1412 | </a> |
|
1411 | </a> | |
1413 | </td><td> |
|
1412 | </td><td> | |
1414 | Merge Tools |
|
1413 | Merge Tools | |
1415 | </td></tr> |
|
1414 | </td></tr> | |
1416 | <tr><td> |
|
1415 | <tr><td> | |
1417 | <a href="/help/multirevs"> |
|
1416 | <a href="/help/multirevs"> | |
1418 | multirevs |
|
1417 | multirevs | |
1419 | </a> |
|
1418 | </a> | |
1420 | </td><td> |
|
1419 | </td><td> | |
1421 | Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
1420 | Specifying Multiple Revisions | |
1422 | </td></tr> |
|
1421 | </td></tr> | |
1423 | <tr><td> |
|
1422 | <tr><td> | |
1424 | <a href="/help/patterns"> |
|
1423 | <a href="/help/patterns"> | |
1425 | patterns |
|
1424 | patterns | |
1426 | </a> |
|
1425 | </a> | |
1427 | </td><td> |
|
1426 | </td><td> | |
1428 | File Name Patterns |
|
1427 | File Name Patterns | |
1429 | </td></tr> |
|
1428 | </td></tr> | |
1430 | <tr><td> |
|
1429 | <tr><td> | |
1431 | <a href="/help/phases"> |
|
1430 | <a href="/help/phases"> | |
1432 | phases |
|
1431 | phases | |
1433 | </a> |
|
1432 | </a> | |
1434 | </td><td> |
|
1433 | </td><td> | |
1435 | Working with Phases |
|
1434 | Working with Phases | |
1436 | </td></tr> |
|
1435 | </td></tr> | |
1437 | <tr><td> |
|
1436 | <tr><td> | |
1438 | <a href="/help/revisions"> |
|
1437 | <a href="/help/revisions"> | |
1439 | revisions |
|
1438 | revisions | |
1440 | </a> |
|
1439 | </a> | |
1441 | </td><td> |
|
1440 | </td><td> | |
1442 | Specifying Single Revisions |
|
1441 | Specifying Single Revisions | |
1443 | </td></tr> |
|
1442 | </td></tr> | |
1444 | <tr><td> |
|
1443 | <tr><td> | |
1445 | <a href="/help/revsets"> |
|
1444 | <a href="/help/revsets"> | |
1446 | revsets |
|
1445 | revsets | |
1447 | </a> |
|
1446 | </a> | |
1448 | </td><td> |
|
1447 | </td><td> | |
1449 | Specifying Revision Sets |
|
1448 | Specifying Revision Sets | |
1450 | </td></tr> |
|
1449 | </td></tr> | |
1451 | <tr><td> |
|
1450 | <tr><td> | |
1452 | <a href="/help/scripting"> |
|
1451 | <a href="/help/scripting"> | |
1453 | scripting |
|
1452 | scripting | |
1454 | </a> |
|
1453 | </a> | |
1455 | </td><td> |
|
1454 | </td><td> | |
1456 | Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
1455 | Using Mercurial from scripts and automation | |
1457 | </td></tr> |
|
1456 | </td></tr> | |
1458 | <tr><td> |
|
1457 | <tr><td> | |
1459 | <a href="/help/subrepos"> |
|
1458 | <a href="/help/subrepos"> | |
1460 | subrepos |
|
1459 | subrepos | |
1461 | </a> |
|
1460 | </a> | |
1462 | </td><td> |
|
1461 | </td><td> | |
1463 | Subrepositories |
|
1462 | Subrepositories | |
1464 | </td></tr> |
|
1463 | </td></tr> | |
1465 | <tr><td> |
|
1464 | <tr><td> | |
1466 | <a href="/help/templating"> |
|
1465 | <a href="/help/templating"> | |
1467 | templating |
|
1466 | templating | |
1468 | </a> |
|
1467 | </a> | |
1469 | </td><td> |
|
1468 | </td><td> | |
1470 | Template Usage |
|
1469 | Template Usage | |
1471 | </td></tr> |
|
1470 | </td></tr> | |
1472 | <tr><td> |
|
1471 | <tr><td> | |
1473 | <a href="/help/urls"> |
|
1472 | <a href="/help/urls"> | |
1474 | urls |
|
1473 | urls | |
1475 | </a> |
|
1474 | </a> | |
1476 | </td><td> |
|
1475 | </td><td> | |
1477 | URL Paths |
|
1476 | URL Paths | |
1478 | </td></tr> |
|
1477 | </td></tr> | |
1479 | <tr><td> |
|
1478 | <tr><td> | |
1480 | <a href="/help/topic-containing-verbose"> |
|
1479 | <a href="/help/topic-containing-verbose"> | |
1481 | topic-containing-verbose |
|
1480 | topic-containing-verbose | |
1482 | </a> |
|
1481 | </a> | |
1483 | </td><td> |
|
1482 | </td><td> | |
1484 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. |
|
1483 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. | |
1485 | </td></tr> |
|
1484 | </td></tr> | |
1486 |
|
1485 | |||
1487 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#main">Main Commands</a></h2></td></tr> |
|
1486 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#main">Main Commands</a></h2></td></tr> | |
1488 |
|
1487 | |||
1489 | <tr><td> |
|
1488 | <tr><td> | |
1490 | <a href="/help/add"> |
|
1489 | <a href="/help/add"> | |
1491 | add |
|
1490 | add | |
1492 | </a> |
|
1491 | </a> | |
1493 | </td><td> |
|
1492 | </td><td> | |
1494 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
1493 | add the specified files on the next commit | |
1495 | </td></tr> |
|
1494 | </td></tr> | |
1496 | <tr><td> |
|
1495 | <tr><td> | |
1497 | <a href="/help/annotate"> |
|
1496 | <a href="/help/annotate"> | |
1498 | annotate |
|
1497 | annotate | |
1499 | </a> |
|
1498 | </a> | |
1500 | </td><td> |
|
1499 | </td><td> | |
1501 | show changeset information by line for each file |
|
1500 | show changeset information by line for each file | |
1502 | </td></tr> |
|
1501 | </td></tr> | |
1503 | <tr><td> |
|
1502 | <tr><td> | |
1504 | <a href="/help/clone"> |
|
1503 | <a href="/help/clone"> | |
1505 | clone |
|
1504 | clone | |
1506 | </a> |
|
1505 | </a> | |
1507 | </td><td> |
|
1506 | </td><td> | |
1508 | make a copy of an existing repository |
|
1507 | make a copy of an existing repository | |
1509 | </td></tr> |
|
1508 | </td></tr> | |
1510 | <tr><td> |
|
1509 | <tr><td> | |
1511 | <a href="/help/commit"> |
|
1510 | <a href="/help/commit"> | |
1512 | commit |
|
1511 | commit | |
1513 | </a> |
|
1512 | </a> | |
1514 | </td><td> |
|
1513 | </td><td> | |
1515 | commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
1514 | commit the specified files or all outstanding changes | |
1516 | </td></tr> |
|
1515 | </td></tr> | |
1517 | <tr><td> |
|
1516 | <tr><td> | |
1518 | <a href="/help/diff"> |
|
1517 | <a href="/help/diff"> | |
1519 | diff |
|
1518 | diff | |
1520 | </a> |
|
1519 | </a> | |
1521 | </td><td> |
|
1520 | </td><td> | |
1522 | diff repository (or selected files) |
|
1521 | diff repository (or selected files) | |
1523 | </td></tr> |
|
1522 | </td></tr> | |
1524 | <tr><td> |
|
1523 | <tr><td> | |
1525 | <a href="/help/export"> |
|
1524 | <a href="/help/export"> | |
1526 | export |
|
1525 | export | |
1527 | </a> |
|
1526 | </a> | |
1528 | </td><td> |
|
1527 | </td><td> | |
1529 | dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
1528 | dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets | |
1530 | </td></tr> |
|
1529 | </td></tr> | |
1531 | <tr><td> |
|
1530 | <tr><td> | |
1532 | <a href="/help/forget"> |
|
1531 | <a href="/help/forget"> | |
1533 | forget |
|
1532 | forget | |
1534 | </a> |
|
1533 | </a> | |
1535 | </td><td> |
|
1534 | </td><td> | |
1536 | forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
1535 | forget the specified files on the next commit | |
1537 | </td></tr> |
|
1536 | </td></tr> | |
1538 | <tr><td> |
|
1537 | <tr><td> | |
1539 | <a href="/help/init"> |
|
1538 | <a href="/help/init"> | |
1540 | init |
|
1539 | init | |
1541 | </a> |
|
1540 | </a> | |
1542 | </td><td> |
|
1541 | </td><td> | |
1543 | create a new repository in the given directory |
|
1542 | create a new repository in the given directory | |
1544 | </td></tr> |
|
1543 | </td></tr> | |
1545 | <tr><td> |
|
1544 | <tr><td> | |
1546 | <a href="/help/log"> |
|
1545 | <a href="/help/log"> | |
1547 | log |
|
1546 | log | |
1548 | </a> |
|
1547 | </a> | |
1549 | </td><td> |
|
1548 | </td><td> | |
1550 | show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
1549 | show revision history of entire repository or files | |
1551 | </td></tr> |
|
1550 | </td></tr> | |
1552 | <tr><td> |
|
1551 | <tr><td> | |
1553 | <a href="/help/merge"> |
|
1552 | <a href="/help/merge"> | |
1554 | merge |
|
1553 | merge | |
1555 | </a> |
|
1554 | </a> | |
1556 | </td><td> |
|
1555 | </td><td> | |
1557 | merge another revision into working directory |
|
1556 | merge another revision into working directory | |
1558 | </td></tr> |
|
1557 | </td></tr> | |
1559 | <tr><td> |
|
1558 | <tr><td> | |
1560 | <a href="/help/pull"> |
|
1559 | <a href="/help/pull"> | |
1561 | pull |
|
1560 | pull | |
1562 | </a> |
|
1561 | </a> | |
1563 | </td><td> |
|
1562 | </td><td> | |
1564 | pull changes from the specified source |
|
1563 | pull changes from the specified source | |
1565 | </td></tr> |
|
1564 | </td></tr> | |
1566 | <tr><td> |
|
1565 | <tr><td> | |
1567 | <a href="/help/push"> |
|
1566 | <a href="/help/push"> | |
1568 | push |
|
1567 | push | |
1569 | </a> |
|
1568 | </a> | |
1570 | </td><td> |
|
1569 | </td><td> | |
1571 | push changes to the specified destination |
|
1570 | push changes to the specified destination | |
1572 | </td></tr> |
|
1571 | </td></tr> | |
1573 | <tr><td> |
|
1572 | <tr><td> | |
1574 | <a href="/help/remove"> |
|
1573 | <a href="/help/remove"> | |
1575 | remove |
|
1574 | remove | |
1576 | </a> |
|
1575 | </a> | |
1577 | </td><td> |
|
1576 | </td><td> | |
1578 | remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
1577 | remove the specified files on the next commit | |
1579 | </td></tr> |
|
1578 | </td></tr> | |
1580 | <tr><td> |
|
1579 | <tr><td> | |
1581 | <a href="/help/serve"> |
|
1580 | <a href="/help/serve"> | |
1582 | serve |
|
1581 | serve | |
1583 | </a> |
|
1582 | </a> | |
1584 | </td><td> |
|
1583 | </td><td> | |
1585 | start stand-alone webserver |
|
1584 | start stand-alone webserver | |
1586 | </td></tr> |
|
1585 | </td></tr> | |
1587 | <tr><td> |
|
1586 | <tr><td> | |
1588 | <a href="/help/status"> |
|
1587 | <a href="/help/status"> | |
1589 | status |
|
1588 | status | |
1590 | </a> |
|
1589 | </a> | |
1591 | </td><td> |
|
1590 | </td><td> | |
1592 | show changed files in the working directory |
|
1591 | show changed files in the working directory | |
1593 | </td></tr> |
|
1592 | </td></tr> | |
1594 | <tr><td> |
|
1593 | <tr><td> | |
1595 | <a href="/help/summary"> |
|
1594 | <a href="/help/summary"> | |
1596 | summary |
|
1595 | summary | |
1597 | </a> |
|
1596 | </a> | |
1598 | </td><td> |
|
1597 | </td><td> | |
1599 | summarize working directory state |
|
1598 | summarize working directory state | |
1600 | </td></tr> |
|
1599 | </td></tr> | |
1601 | <tr><td> |
|
1600 | <tr><td> | |
1602 | <a href="/help/update"> |
|
1601 | <a href="/help/update"> | |
1603 | update |
|
1602 | update | |
1604 | </a> |
|
1603 | </a> | |
1605 | </td><td> |
|
1604 | </td><td> | |
1606 | update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
1605 | update working directory (or switch revisions) | |
1607 | </td></tr> |
|
1606 | </td></tr> | |
1608 |
|
1607 | |||
1609 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="other" href="#other">Other Commands</a></h2></td></tr> |
|
1608 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="other" href="#other">Other Commands</a></h2></td></tr> | |
1610 |
|
1609 | |||
1611 | <tr><td> |
|
1610 | <tr><td> | |
1612 | <a href="/help/addremove"> |
|
1611 | <a href="/help/addremove"> | |
1613 | addremove |
|
1612 | addremove | |
1614 | </a> |
|
1613 | </a> | |
1615 | </td><td> |
|
1614 | </td><td> | |
1616 | add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
1615 | add all new files, delete all missing files | |
1617 | </td></tr> |
|
1616 | </td></tr> | |
1618 | <tr><td> |
|
1617 | <tr><td> | |
1619 | <a href="/help/archive"> |
|
1618 | <a href="/help/archive"> | |
1620 | archive |
|
1619 | archive | |
1621 | </a> |
|
1620 | </a> | |
1622 | </td><td> |
|
1621 | </td><td> | |
1623 | create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
1622 | create an unversioned archive of a repository revision | |
1624 | </td></tr> |
|
1623 | </td></tr> | |
1625 | <tr><td> |
|
1624 | <tr><td> | |
1626 | <a href="/help/backout"> |
|
1625 | <a href="/help/backout"> | |
1627 | backout |
|
1626 | backout | |
1628 | </a> |
|
1627 | </a> | |
1629 | </td><td> |
|
1628 | </td><td> | |
1630 | reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
1629 | reverse effect of earlier changeset | |
1631 | </td></tr> |
|
1630 | </td></tr> | |
1632 | <tr><td> |
|
1631 | <tr><td> | |
1633 | <a href="/help/bisect"> |
|
1632 | <a href="/help/bisect"> | |
1634 | bisect |
|
1633 | bisect | |
1635 | </a> |
|
1634 | </a> | |
1636 | </td><td> |
|
1635 | </td><td> | |
1637 | subdivision search of changesets |
|
1636 | subdivision search of changesets | |
1638 | </td></tr> |
|
1637 | </td></tr> | |
1639 | <tr><td> |
|
1638 | <tr><td> | |
1640 | <a href="/help/bookmarks"> |
|
1639 | <a href="/help/bookmarks"> | |
1641 | bookmarks |
|
1640 | bookmarks | |
1642 | </a> |
|
1641 | </a> | |
1643 | </td><td> |
|
1642 | </td><td> | |
1644 | create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
1643 | create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks | |
1645 | </td></tr> |
|
1644 | </td></tr> | |
1646 | <tr><td> |
|
1645 | <tr><td> | |
1647 | <a href="/help/branch"> |
|
1646 | <a href="/help/branch"> | |
1648 | branch |
|
1647 | branch | |
1649 | </a> |
|
1648 | </a> | |
1650 | </td><td> |
|
1649 | </td><td> | |
1651 | set or show the current branch name |
|
1650 | set or show the current branch name | |
1652 | </td></tr> |
|
1651 | </td></tr> | |
1653 | <tr><td> |
|
1652 | <tr><td> | |
1654 | <a href="/help/branches"> |
|
1653 | <a href="/help/branches"> | |
1655 | branches |
|
1654 | branches | |
1656 | </a> |
|
1655 | </a> | |
1657 | </td><td> |
|
1656 | </td><td> | |
1658 | list repository named branches |
|
1657 | list repository named branches | |
1659 | </td></tr> |
|
1658 | </td></tr> | |
1660 | <tr><td> |
|
1659 | <tr><td> | |
1661 | <a href="/help/bundle"> |
|
1660 | <a href="/help/bundle"> | |
1662 | bundle |
|
1661 | bundle | |
1663 | </a> |
|
1662 | </a> | |
1664 | </td><td> |
|
1663 | </td><td> | |
1665 | create a changegroup file |
|
1664 | create a changegroup file | |
1666 | </td></tr> |
|
1665 | </td></tr> | |
1667 | <tr><td> |
|
1666 | <tr><td> | |
1668 | <a href="/help/cat"> |
|
1667 | <a href="/help/cat"> | |
1669 | cat |
|
1668 | cat | |
1670 | </a> |
|
1669 | </a> | |
1671 | </td><td> |
|
1670 | </td><td> | |
1672 | output the current or given revision of files |
|
1671 | output the current or given revision of files | |
1673 | </td></tr> |
|
1672 | </td></tr> | |
1674 | <tr><td> |
|
1673 | <tr><td> | |
1675 | <a href="/help/config"> |
|
1674 | <a href="/help/config"> | |
1676 | config |
|
1675 | config | |
1677 | </a> |
|
1676 | </a> | |
1678 | </td><td> |
|
1677 | </td><td> | |
1679 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
1678 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files | |
1680 | </td></tr> |
|
1679 | </td></tr> | |
1681 | <tr><td> |
|
1680 | <tr><td> | |
1682 | <a href="/help/copy"> |
|
1681 | <a href="/help/copy"> | |
1683 | copy |
|
1682 | copy | |
1684 | </a> |
|
1683 | </a> | |
1685 | </td><td> |
|
1684 | </td><td> | |
1686 | mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
1685 | mark files as copied for the next commit | |
1687 | </td></tr> |
|
1686 | </td></tr> | |
1688 | <tr><td> |
|
1687 | <tr><td> | |
1689 | <a href="/help/files"> |
|
1688 | <a href="/help/files"> | |
1690 | files |
|
1689 | files | |
1691 | </a> |
|
1690 | </a> | |
1692 | </td><td> |
|
1691 | </td><td> | |
1693 | list tracked files |
|
1692 | list tracked files | |
1694 | </td></tr> |
|
1693 | </td></tr> | |
1695 | <tr><td> |
|
1694 | <tr><td> | |
1696 | <a href="/help/graft"> |
|
1695 | <a href="/help/graft"> | |
1697 | graft |
|
1696 | graft | |
1698 | </a> |
|
1697 | </a> | |
1699 | </td><td> |
|
1698 | </td><td> | |
1700 | copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
1699 | copy changes from other branches onto the current branch | |
1701 | </td></tr> |
|
1700 | </td></tr> | |
1702 | <tr><td> |
|
1701 | <tr><td> | |
1703 | <a href="/help/grep"> |
|
1702 | <a href="/help/grep"> | |
1704 | grep |
|
1703 | grep | |
1705 | </a> |
|
1704 | </a> | |
1706 | </td><td> |
|
1705 | </td><td> | |
1707 | search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
1706 | search for a pattern in specified files and revisions | |
1708 | </td></tr> |
|
1707 | </td></tr> | |
1709 | <tr><td> |
|
1708 | <tr><td> | |
1710 | <a href="/help/heads"> |
|
1709 | <a href="/help/heads"> | |
1711 | heads |
|
1710 | heads | |
1712 | </a> |
|
1711 | </a> | |
1713 | </td><td> |
|
1712 | </td><td> | |
1714 | show branch heads |
|
1713 | show branch heads | |
1715 | </td></tr> |
|
1714 | </td></tr> | |
1716 | <tr><td> |
|
1715 | <tr><td> | |
1717 | <a href="/help/help"> |
|
1716 | <a href="/help/help"> | |
1718 | help |
|
1717 | help | |
1719 | </a> |
|
1718 | </a> | |
1720 | </td><td> |
|
1719 | </td><td> | |
1721 | show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
1720 | show help for a given topic or a help overview | |
1722 | </td></tr> |
|
1721 | </td></tr> | |
1723 | <tr><td> |
|
1722 | <tr><td> | |
1724 | <a href="/help/identify"> |
|
1723 | <a href="/help/identify"> | |
1725 | identify |
|
1724 | identify | |
1726 | </a> |
|
1725 | </a> | |
1727 | </td><td> |
|
1726 | </td><td> | |
1728 | identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
1727 | identify the working directory or specified revision | |
1729 | </td></tr> |
|
1728 | </td></tr> | |
1730 | <tr><td> |
|
1729 | <tr><td> | |
1731 | <a href="/help/import"> |
|
1730 | <a href="/help/import"> | |
1732 | import |
|
1731 | import | |
1733 | </a> |
|
1732 | </a> | |
1734 | </td><td> |
|
1733 | </td><td> | |
1735 | import an ordered set of patches |
|
1734 | import an ordered set of patches | |
1736 | </td></tr> |
|
1735 | </td></tr> | |
1737 | <tr><td> |
|
1736 | <tr><td> | |
1738 | <a href="/help/incoming"> |
|
1737 | <a href="/help/incoming"> | |
1739 | incoming |
|
1738 | incoming | |
1740 | </a> |
|
1739 | </a> | |
1741 | </td><td> |
|
1740 | </td><td> | |
1742 | show new changesets found in source |
|
1741 | show new changesets found in source | |
1743 | </td></tr> |
|
1742 | </td></tr> | |
1744 | <tr><td> |
|
1743 | <tr><td> | |
1745 | <a href="/help/manifest"> |
|
1744 | <a href="/help/manifest"> | |
1746 | manifest |
|
1745 | manifest | |
1747 | </a> |
|
1746 | </a> | |
1748 | </td><td> |
|
1747 | </td><td> | |
1749 | output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
1748 | output the current or given revision of the project manifest | |
1750 | </td></tr> |
|
1749 | </td></tr> | |
1751 | <tr><td> |
|
1750 | <tr><td> | |
1752 | <a href="/help/nohelp"> |
|
1751 | <a href="/help/nohelp"> | |
1753 | nohelp |
|
1752 | nohelp | |
1754 | </a> |
|
1753 | </a> | |
1755 | </td><td> |
|
1754 | </td><td> | |
1756 | (no help text available) |
|
1755 | (no help text available) | |
1757 | </td></tr> |
|
1756 | </td></tr> | |
1758 | <tr><td> |
|
1757 | <tr><td> | |
1759 | <a href="/help/outgoing"> |
|
1758 | <a href="/help/outgoing"> | |
1760 | outgoing |
|
1759 | outgoing | |
1761 | </a> |
|
1760 | </a> | |
1762 | </td><td> |
|
1761 | </td><td> | |
1763 | show changesets not found in the destination |
|
1762 | show changesets not found in the destination | |
1764 | </td></tr> |
|
1763 | </td></tr> | |
1765 | <tr><td> |
|
1764 | <tr><td> | |
1766 | <a href="/help/paths"> |
|
1765 | <a href="/help/paths"> | |
1767 | paths |
|
1766 | paths | |
1768 | </a> |
|
1767 | </a> | |
1769 | </td><td> |
|
1768 | </td><td> | |
1770 | show aliases for remote repositories |
|
1769 | show aliases for remote repositories | |
1771 | </td></tr> |
|
1770 | </td></tr> | |
1772 | <tr><td> |
|
1771 | <tr><td> | |
1773 | <a href="/help/phase"> |
|
1772 | <a href="/help/phase"> | |
1774 | phase |
|
1773 | phase | |
1775 | </a> |
|
1774 | </a> | |
1776 | </td><td> |
|
1775 | </td><td> | |
1777 | set or show the current phase name |
|
1776 | set or show the current phase name | |
1778 | </td></tr> |
|
1777 | </td></tr> | |
1779 | <tr><td> |
|
1778 | <tr><td> | |
1780 | <a href="/help/recover"> |
|
1779 | <a href="/help/recover"> | |
1781 | recover |
|
1780 | recover | |
1782 | </a> |
|
1781 | </a> | |
1783 | </td><td> |
|
1782 | </td><td> | |
1784 | roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
1783 | roll back an interrupted transaction | |
1785 | </td></tr> |
|
1784 | </td></tr> | |
1786 | <tr><td> |
|
1785 | <tr><td> | |
1787 | <a href="/help/rename"> |
|
1786 | <a href="/help/rename"> | |
1788 | rename |
|
1787 | rename | |
1789 | </a> |
|
1788 | </a> | |
1790 | </td><td> |
|
1789 | </td><td> | |
1791 | rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
1790 | rename files; equivalent of copy + remove | |
1792 | </td></tr> |
|
1791 | </td></tr> | |
1793 | <tr><td> |
|
1792 | <tr><td> | |
1794 | <a href="/help/resolve"> |
|
1793 | <a href="/help/resolve"> | |
1795 | resolve |
|
1794 | resolve | |
1796 | </a> |
|
1795 | </a> | |
1797 | </td><td> |
|
1796 | </td><td> | |
1798 | redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
1797 | redo merges or set/view the merge status of files | |
1799 | </td></tr> |
|
1798 | </td></tr> | |
1800 | <tr><td> |
|
1799 | <tr><td> | |
1801 | <a href="/help/revert"> |
|
1800 | <a href="/help/revert"> | |
1802 | revert |
|
1801 | revert | |
1803 | </a> |
|
1802 | </a> | |
1804 | </td><td> |
|
1803 | </td><td> | |
1805 | restore files to their checkout state |
|
1804 | restore files to their checkout state | |
1806 | </td></tr> |
|
1805 | </td></tr> | |
1807 | <tr><td> |
|
1806 | <tr><td> | |
1808 | <a href="/help/root"> |
|
1807 | <a href="/help/root"> | |
1809 | root |
|
1808 | root | |
1810 | </a> |
|
1809 | </a> | |
1811 | </td><td> |
|
1810 | </td><td> | |
1812 | print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
1811 | print the root (top) of the current working directory | |
1813 | </td></tr> |
|
1812 | </td></tr> | |
1814 | <tr><td> |
|
1813 | <tr><td> | |
1815 | <a href="/help/tag"> |
|
1814 | <a href="/help/tag"> | |
1816 | tag |
|
1815 | tag | |
1817 | </a> |
|
1816 | </a> | |
1818 | </td><td> |
|
1817 | </td><td> | |
1819 | add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
1818 | add one or more tags for the current or given revision | |
1820 | </td></tr> |
|
1819 | </td></tr> | |
1821 | <tr><td> |
|
1820 | <tr><td> | |
1822 | <a href="/help/tags"> |
|
1821 | <a href="/help/tags"> | |
1823 | tags |
|
1822 | tags | |
1824 | </a> |
|
1823 | </a> | |
1825 | </td><td> |
|
1824 | </td><td> | |
1826 | list repository tags |
|
1825 | list repository tags | |
1827 | </td></tr> |
|
1826 | </td></tr> | |
1828 | <tr><td> |
|
1827 | <tr><td> | |
1829 | <a href="/help/unbundle"> |
|
1828 | <a href="/help/unbundle"> | |
1830 | unbundle |
|
1829 | unbundle | |
1831 | </a> |
|
1830 | </a> | |
1832 | </td><td> |
|
1831 | </td><td> | |
1833 | apply one or more changegroup files |
|
1832 | apply one or more changegroup files | |
1834 | </td></tr> |
|
1833 | </td></tr> | |
1835 | <tr><td> |
|
1834 | <tr><td> | |
1836 | <a href="/help/verify"> |
|
1835 | <a href="/help/verify"> | |
1837 | verify |
|
1836 | verify | |
1838 | </a> |
|
1837 | </a> | |
1839 | </td><td> |
|
1838 | </td><td> | |
1840 | verify the integrity of the repository |
|
1839 | verify the integrity of the repository | |
1841 | </td></tr> |
|
1840 | </td></tr> | |
1842 | <tr><td> |
|
1841 | <tr><td> | |
1843 | <a href="/help/version"> |
|
1842 | <a href="/help/version"> | |
1844 | version |
|
1843 | version | |
1845 | </a> |
|
1844 | </a> | |
1846 | </td><td> |
|
1845 | </td><td> | |
1847 | output version and copyright information |
|
1846 | output version and copyright information | |
1848 | </td></tr> |
|
1847 | </td></tr> | |
1849 | </table> |
|
1848 | </table> | |
1850 | </div> |
|
1849 | </div> | |
1851 | </div> |
|
1850 | </div> | |
1852 |
|
1851 | |||
1853 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
1852 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> | |
1854 |
|
1853 | |||
1855 |
|
1854 | |||
1856 | </body> |
|
1855 | </body> | |
1857 | </html> |
|
1856 | </html> | |
1858 |
|
1857 | |||
1859 |
|
1858 | |||
1860 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/add" |
|
1859 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/add" | |
1861 | 200 Script output follows |
|
1860 | 200 Script output follows | |
1862 |
|
1861 | |||
1863 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
1862 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> | |
1864 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
1863 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> | |
1865 | <head> |
|
1864 | <head> | |
1866 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
1865 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> | |
1867 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
1866 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> | |
1868 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
1867 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> | |
1869 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
1868 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> | |
1870 |
|
1869 | |||
1871 | <title>Help: add</title> |
|
1870 | <title>Help: add</title> | |
1872 | </head> |
|
1871 | </head> | |
1873 | <body> |
|
1872 | <body> | |
1874 |
|
1873 | |||
1875 | <div class="container"> |
|
1874 | <div class="container"> | |
1876 | <div class="menu"> |
|
1875 | <div class="menu"> | |
1877 | <div class="logo"> |
|
1876 | <div class="logo"> | |
1878 | <a href="http://mercurial.selenic.com/"> |
|
1877 | <a href="http://mercurial.selenic.com/"> | |
1879 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
1878 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> | |
1880 | </div> |
|
1879 | </div> | |
1881 | <ul> |
|
1880 | <ul> | |
1882 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
1881 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> | |
1883 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
1882 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> | |
1884 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
1883 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> | |
1885 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
1884 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> | |
1886 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
1885 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> | |
1887 | </ul> |
|
1886 | </ul> | |
1888 | <ul> |
|
1887 | <ul> | |
1889 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> |
|
1888 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> | |
1890 | </ul> |
|
1889 | </ul> | |
1891 | </div> |
|
1890 | </div> | |
1892 |
|
1891 | |||
1893 | <div class="main"> |
|
1892 | <div class="main"> | |
1894 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
1893 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> | |
1895 | <h3>Help: add</h3> |
|
1894 | <h3>Help: add</h3> | |
1896 |
|
1895 | |||
1897 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
1896 | <form class="search" action="/log"> | |
1898 |
|
1897 | |||
1899 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
1898 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> | |
1900 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
1899 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision | |
1901 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
1900 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> | |
1902 | </form> |
|
1901 | </form> | |
1903 | <div id="doc"> |
|
1902 | <div id="doc"> | |
1904 | <p> |
|
1903 | <p> | |
1905 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
1904 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... | |
1906 | </p> |
|
1905 | </p> | |
1907 | <p> |
|
1906 | <p> | |
1908 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
1907 | add the specified files on the next commit | |
1909 | </p> |
|
1908 | </p> | |
1910 | <p> |
|
1909 | <p> | |
1911 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the |
|
1910 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the | |
1912 | repository. |
|
1911 | repository. | |
1913 | </p> |
|
1912 | </p> | |
1914 | <p> |
|
1913 | <p> | |
1915 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To |
|
1914 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To | |
1916 | undo an add before that, see "hg forget". |
|
1915 | undo an add before that, see "hg forget". | |
1917 | </p> |
|
1916 | </p> | |
1918 | <p> |
|
1917 | <p> | |
1919 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. |
|
1918 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. | |
1920 | </p> |
|
1919 | </p> | |
1921 | <p> |
|
1920 | <p> | |
1922 | An example showing how new (unknown) files are added |
|
1921 | An example showing how new (unknown) files are added | |
1923 | automatically by "hg add": |
|
1922 | automatically by "hg add": | |
1924 | </p> |
|
1923 | </p> | |
1925 | <pre> |
|
1924 | <pre> | |
1926 | \$ ls (re) |
|
1925 | \$ ls (re) | |
1927 | foo.c |
|
1926 | foo.c | |
1928 | \$ hg status (re) |
|
1927 | \$ hg status (re) | |
1929 | ? foo.c |
|
1928 | ? foo.c | |
1930 | \$ hg add (re) |
|
1929 | \$ hg add (re) | |
1931 | adding foo.c |
|
1930 | adding foo.c | |
1932 | \$ hg status (re) |
|
1931 | \$ hg status (re) | |
1933 | A foo.c |
|
1932 | A foo.c | |
1934 | </pre> |
|
1933 | </pre> | |
1935 | <p> |
|
1934 | <p> | |
1936 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
1935 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. | |
1937 | </p> |
|
1936 | </p> | |
1938 | <p> |
|
1937 | <p> | |
1939 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
1938 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
1940 | </p> |
|
1939 | </p> | |
1941 | <table> |
|
1940 | <table> | |
1942 | <tr><td>-I</td> |
|
1941 | <tr><td>-I</td> | |
1943 | <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
1942 | <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td> | |
1944 | <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
1943 | <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr> | |
1945 | <tr><td>-X</td> |
|
1944 | <tr><td>-X</td> | |
1946 | <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
1945 | <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td> | |
1947 | <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
1946 | <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr> | |
1948 | <tr><td>-S</td> |
|
1947 | <tr><td>-S</td> | |
1949 | <td>--subrepos</td> |
|
1948 | <td>--subrepos</td> | |
1950 | <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr> |
|
1949 | <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr> | |
1951 | <tr><td>-n</td> |
|
1950 | <tr><td>-n</td> | |
1952 | <td>--dry-run</td> |
|
1951 | <td>--dry-run</td> | |
1953 | <td>do not perform actions, just print output</td></tr> |
|
1952 | <td>do not perform actions, just print output</td></tr> | |
1954 | </table> |
|
1953 | </table> | |
1955 | <p> |
|
1954 | <p> | |
1956 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
1955 | global options ([+] can be repeated): | |
1957 | </p> |
|
1956 | </p> | |
1958 | <table> |
|
1957 | <table> | |
1959 | <tr><td>-R</td> |
|
1958 | <tr><td>-R</td> | |
1960 | <td>--repository REPO</td> |
|
1959 | <td>--repository REPO</td> | |
1961 | <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr> |
|
1960 | <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr> | |
1962 | <tr><td></td> |
|
1961 | <tr><td></td> | |
1963 | <td>--cwd DIR</td> |
|
1962 | <td>--cwd DIR</td> | |
1964 | <td>change working directory</td></tr> |
|
1963 | <td>change working directory</td></tr> | |
1965 | <tr><td>-y</td> |
|
1964 | <tr><td>-y</td> | |
1966 | <td>--noninteractive</td> |
|
1965 | <td>--noninteractive</td> | |
1967 | <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr> |
|
1966 | <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr> | |
1968 | <tr><td>-q</td> |
|
1967 | <tr><td>-q</td> | |
1969 | <td>--quiet</td> |
|
1968 | <td>--quiet</td> | |
1970 | <td>suppress output</td></tr> |
|
1969 | <td>suppress output</td></tr> | |
1971 | <tr><td>-v</td> |
|
1970 | <tr><td>-v</td> | |
1972 | <td>--verbose</td> |
|
1971 | <td>--verbose</td> | |
1973 | <td>enable additional output</td></tr> |
|
1972 | <td>enable additional output</td></tr> | |
1974 | <tr><td></td> |
|
1973 | <tr><td></td> | |
1975 | <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td> |
|
1974 | <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td> | |
1976 | <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr> |
|
1975 | <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr> | |
1977 | <tr><td></td> |
|
1976 | <tr><td></td> | |
1978 | <td>--debug</td> |
|
1977 | <td>--debug</td> | |
1979 | <td>enable debugging output</td></tr> |
|
1978 | <td>enable debugging output</td></tr> | |
1980 | <tr><td></td> |
|
1979 | <tr><td></td> | |
1981 | <td>--debugger</td> |
|
1980 | <td>--debugger</td> | |
1982 | <td>start debugger</td></tr> |
|
1981 | <td>start debugger</td></tr> | |
1983 | <tr><td></td> |
|
1982 | <tr><td></td> | |
1984 | <td>--encoding ENCODE</td> |
|
1983 | <td>--encoding ENCODE</td> | |
1985 | <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr> |
|
1984 | <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr> | |
1986 | <tr><td></td> |
|
1985 | <tr><td></td> | |
1987 | <td>--encodingmode MODE</td> |
|
1986 | <td>--encodingmode MODE</td> | |
1988 | <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr> |
|
1987 | <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr> | |
1989 | <tr><td></td> |
|
1988 | <tr><td></td> | |
1990 | <td>--traceback</td> |
|
1989 | <td>--traceback</td> | |
1991 | <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr> |
|
1990 | <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr> | |
1992 | <tr><td></td> |
|
1991 | <tr><td></td> | |
1993 | <td>--time</td> |
|
1992 | <td>--time</td> | |
1994 | <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr> |
|
1993 | <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr> | |
1995 | <tr><td></td> |
|
1994 | <tr><td></td> | |
1996 | <td>--profile</td> |
|
1995 | <td>--profile</td> | |
1997 | <td>print command execution profile</td></tr> |
|
1996 | <td>print command execution profile</td></tr> | |
1998 | <tr><td></td> |
|
1997 | <tr><td></td> | |
1999 | <td>--version</td> |
|
1998 | <td>--version</td> | |
2000 | <td>output version information and exit</td></tr> |
|
1999 | <td>output version information and exit</td></tr> | |
2001 | <tr><td>-h</td> |
|
2000 | <tr><td>-h</td> | |
2002 | <td>--help</td> |
|
2001 | <td>--help</td> | |
2003 | <td>display help and exit</td></tr> |
|
2002 | <td>display help and exit</td></tr> | |
2004 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2003 | <tr><td></td> | |
2005 | <td>--hidden</td> |
|
2004 | <td>--hidden</td> | |
2006 | <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr> |
|
2005 | <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr> | |
2007 | </table> |
|
2006 | </table> | |
2008 |
|
2007 | |||
2009 | </div> |
|
2008 | </div> | |
2010 | </div> |
|
2009 | </div> | |
2011 | </div> |
|
2010 | </div> | |
2012 |
|
2011 | |||
2013 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
2012 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> | |
2014 |
|
2013 | |||
2015 |
|
2014 | |||
2016 | </body> |
|
2015 | </body> | |
2017 | </html> |
|
2016 | </html> | |
2018 |
|
2017 | |||
2019 |
|
2018 | |||
2020 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/remove" |
|
2019 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/remove" | |
2021 | 200 Script output follows |
|
2020 | 200 Script output follows | |
2022 |
|
2021 | |||
2023 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
2022 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> | |
2024 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
2023 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> | |
2025 | <head> |
|
2024 | <head> | |
2026 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
2025 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> | |
2027 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
2026 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> | |
2028 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
2027 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> | |
2029 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
2028 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> | |
2030 |
|
2029 | |||
2031 | <title>Help: remove</title> |
|
2030 | <title>Help: remove</title> | |
2032 | </head> |
|
2031 | </head> | |
2033 | <body> |
|
2032 | <body> | |
2034 |
|
2033 | |||
2035 | <div class="container"> |
|
2034 | <div class="container"> | |
2036 | <div class="menu"> |
|
2035 | <div class="menu"> | |
2037 | <div class="logo"> |
|
2036 | <div class="logo"> | |
2038 | <a href="http://mercurial.selenic.com/"> |
|
2037 | <a href="http://mercurial.selenic.com/"> | |
2039 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
2038 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> | |
2040 | </div> |
|
2039 | </div> | |
2041 | <ul> |
|
2040 | <ul> | |
2042 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
2041 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> | |
2043 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
2042 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> | |
2044 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
2043 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> | |
2045 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
2044 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> | |
2046 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
2045 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> | |
2047 | </ul> |
|
2046 | </ul> | |
2048 | <ul> |
|
2047 | <ul> | |
2049 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> |
|
2048 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> | |
2050 | </ul> |
|
2049 | </ul> | |
2051 | </div> |
|
2050 | </div> | |
2052 |
|
2051 | |||
2053 | <div class="main"> |
|
2052 | <div class="main"> | |
2054 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
2053 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> | |
2055 | <h3>Help: remove</h3> |
|
2054 | <h3>Help: remove</h3> | |
2056 |
|
2055 | |||
2057 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
2056 | <form class="search" action="/log"> | |
2058 |
|
2057 | |||
2059 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
2058 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> | |
2060 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
2059 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision | |
2061 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
2060 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> | |
2062 | </form> |
|
2061 | </form> | |
2063 | <div id="doc"> |
|
2062 | <div id="doc"> | |
2064 | <p> |
|
2063 | <p> | |
2065 | hg remove [OPTION]... FILE... |
|
2064 | hg remove [OPTION]... FILE... | |
2066 | </p> |
|
2065 | </p> | |
2067 | <p> |
|
2066 | <p> | |
2068 | aliases: rm |
|
2067 | aliases: rm | |
2069 | </p> |
|
2068 | </p> | |
2070 | <p> |
|
2069 | <p> | |
2071 | remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
2070 | remove the specified files on the next commit | |
2072 | </p> |
|
2071 | </p> | |
2073 | <p> |
|
2072 | <p> | |
2074 | Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch. |
|
2073 | Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch. | |
2075 | </p> |
|
2074 | </p> | |
2076 | <p> |
|
2075 | <p> | |
2077 | This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit. |
|
2076 | This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit. | |
2078 | To undo a remove before that, see "hg revert". To undo added |
|
2077 | To undo a remove before that, see "hg revert". To undo added | |
2079 | files, see "hg forget". |
|
2078 | files, see "hg forget". | |
2080 | </p> |
|
2079 | </p> | |
2081 | <p> |
|
2080 | <p> | |
2082 | -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already |
|
2081 | -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already | |
2083 | been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af |
|
2082 | been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af | |
2084 | can be used to remove files from the next revision without |
|
2083 | can be used to remove files from the next revision without | |
2085 | deleting them from the working directory. |
|
2084 | deleting them from the working directory. | |
2086 | </p> |
|
2085 | </p> | |
2087 | <p> |
|
2086 | <p> | |
2088 | The following table details the behavior of remove for different |
|
2087 | The following table details the behavior of remove for different | |
2089 | file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file |
|
2088 | file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file | |
2090 | states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] |
|
2089 | states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] | |
2091 | (as reported by "hg status"). The actions are Warn, Remove |
|
2090 | (as reported by "hg status"). The actions are Warn, Remove | |
2092 | (from branch) and Delete (from disk): |
|
2091 | (from branch) and Delete (from disk): | |
2093 | </p> |
|
2092 | </p> | |
2094 | <table> |
|
2093 | <table> | |
2095 | <tr><td>opt/state</td> |
|
2094 | <tr><td>opt/state</td> | |
2096 | <td>A</td> |
|
2095 | <td>A</td> | |
2097 | <td>C</td> |
|
2096 | <td>C</td> | |
2098 | <td>M</td> |
|
2097 | <td>M</td> | |
2099 | <td>!</td></tr> |
|
2098 | <td>!</td></tr> | |
2100 | <tr><td>none</td> |
|
2099 | <tr><td>none</td> | |
2101 | <td>W</td> |
|
2100 | <td>W</td> | |
2102 | <td>RD</td> |
|
2101 | <td>RD</td> | |
2103 | <td>W</td> |
|
2102 | <td>W</td> | |
2104 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2103 | <td>R</td></tr> | |
2105 | <tr><td>-f</td> |
|
2104 | <tr><td>-f</td> | |
2106 | <td>R</td> |
|
2105 | <td>R</td> | |
2107 | <td>RD</td> |
|
2106 | <td>RD</td> | |
2108 | <td>RD</td> |
|
2107 | <td>RD</td> | |
2109 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2108 | <td>R</td></tr> | |
2110 | <tr><td>-A</td> |
|
2109 | <tr><td>-A</td> | |
2111 | <td>W</td> |
|
2110 | <td>W</td> | |
2112 | <td>W</td> |
|
2111 | <td>W</td> | |
2113 | <td>W</td> |
|
2112 | <td>W</td> | |
2114 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2113 | <td>R</td></tr> | |
2115 | <tr><td>-Af</td> |
|
2114 | <tr><td>-Af</td> | |
2116 | <td>R</td> |
|
2115 | <td>R</td> | |
2117 | <td>R</td> |
|
2116 | <td>R</td> | |
2118 | <td>R</td> |
|
2117 | <td>R</td> | |
2119 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2118 | <td>R</td></tr> | |
2120 | </table> |
|
2119 | </table> | |
2121 | <p> |
|
2120 | <p> | |
2122 | Note that remove never deletes files in Added [A] state from the |
|
2121 | Note that remove never deletes files in Added [A] state from the | |
2123 | working directory, not even if option --force is specified. |
|
2122 | working directory, not even if option --force is specified. | |
2124 | </p> |
|
2123 | </p> | |
2125 | <p> |
|
2124 | <p> | |
2126 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered. |
|
2125 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered. | |
2127 | </p> |
|
2126 | </p> | |
2128 | <p> |
|
2127 | <p> | |
2129 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
2128 | options ([+] can be repeated): | |
2130 | </p> |
|
2129 | </p> | |
2131 | <table> |
|
2130 | <table> | |
2132 | <tr><td>-A</td> |
|
2131 | <tr><td>-A</td> | |
2133 | <td>--after</td> |
|
2132 | <td>--after</td> | |
2134 | <td>record delete for missing files</td></tr> |
|
2133 | <td>record delete for missing files</td></tr> | |
2135 | <tr><td>-f</td> |
|
2134 | <tr><td>-f</td> | |
2136 | <td>--force</td> |
|
2135 | <td>--force</td> | |
2137 | <td>remove (and delete) file even if added or modified</td></tr> |
|
2136 | <td>remove (and delete) file even if added or modified</td></tr> | |
2138 | <tr><td>-S</td> |
|
2137 | <tr><td>-S</td> | |
2139 | <td>--subrepos</td> |
|
2138 | <td>--subrepos</td> | |
2140 | <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr> |
|
2139 | <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr> | |
2141 | <tr><td>-I</td> |
|
2140 | <tr><td>-I</td> | |
2142 | <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
2141 | <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td> | |
2143 | <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
2142 | <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr> | |
2144 | <tr><td>-X</td> |
|
2143 | <tr><td>-X</td> | |
2145 | <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
2144 | <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td> | |
2146 | <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
2145 | <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr> | |
2147 | </table> |
|
2146 | </table> | |
2148 | <p> |
|
2147 | <p> | |
2149 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
2148 | global options ([+] can be repeated): | |
2150 | </p> |
|
2149 | </p> | |
2151 | <table> |
|
2150 | <table> | |
2152 | <tr><td>-R</td> |
|
2151 | <tr><td>-R</td> | |
2153 | <td>--repository REPO</td> |
|
2152 | <td>--repository REPO</td> | |
2154 | <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr> |
|
2153 | <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr> | |
2155 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2154 | <tr><td></td> | |
2156 | <td>--cwd DIR</td> |
|
2155 | <td>--cwd DIR</td> | |
2157 | <td>change working directory</td></tr> |
|
2156 | <td>change working directory</td></tr> | |
2158 | <tr><td>-y</td> |
|
2157 | <tr><td>-y</td> | |
2159 | <td>--noninteractive</td> |
|
2158 | <td>--noninteractive</td> | |
2160 | <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr> |
|
2159 | <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr> | |
2161 | <tr><td>-q</td> |
|
2160 | <tr><td>-q</td> | |
2162 | <td>--quiet</td> |
|
2161 | <td>--quiet</td> | |
2163 | <td>suppress output</td></tr> |
|
2162 | <td>suppress output</td></tr> | |
2164 | <tr><td>-v</td> |
|
2163 | <tr><td>-v</td> | |
2165 | <td>--verbose</td> |
|
2164 | <td>--verbose</td> | |
2166 | <td>enable additional output</td></tr> |
|
2165 | <td>enable additional output</td></tr> | |
2167 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2166 | <tr><td></td> | |
2168 | <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td> |
|
2167 | <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td> | |
2169 | <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr> |
|
2168 | <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr> | |
2170 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2169 | <tr><td></td> | |
2171 | <td>--debug</td> |
|
2170 | <td>--debug</td> | |
2172 | <td>enable debugging output</td></tr> |
|
2171 | <td>enable debugging output</td></tr> | |
2173 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2172 | <tr><td></td> | |
2174 | <td>--debugger</td> |
|
2173 | <td>--debugger</td> | |
2175 | <td>start debugger</td></tr> |
|
2174 | <td>start debugger</td></tr> | |
2176 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2175 | <tr><td></td> | |
2177 | <td>--encoding ENCODE</td> |
|
2176 | <td>--encoding ENCODE</td> | |
2178 | <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr> |
|
2177 | <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr> | |
2179 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2178 | <tr><td></td> | |
2180 | <td>--encodingmode MODE</td> |
|
2179 | <td>--encodingmode MODE</td> | |
2181 | <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr> |
|
2180 | <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr> | |
2182 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2181 | <tr><td></td> | |
2183 | <td>--traceback</td> |
|
2182 | <td>--traceback</td> | |
2184 | <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr> |
|
2183 | <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr> | |
2185 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2184 | <tr><td></td> | |
2186 | <td>--time</td> |
|
2185 | <td>--time</td> | |
2187 | <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr> |
|
2186 | <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr> | |
2188 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2187 | <tr><td></td> | |
2189 | <td>--profile</td> |
|
2188 | <td>--profile</td> | |
2190 | <td>print command execution profile</td></tr> |
|
2189 | <td>print command execution profile</td></tr> | |
2191 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2190 | <tr><td></td> | |
2192 | <td>--version</td> |
|
2191 | <td>--version</td> | |
2193 | <td>output version information and exit</td></tr> |
|
2192 | <td>output version information and exit</td></tr> | |
2194 | <tr><td>-h</td> |
|
2193 | <tr><td>-h</td> | |
2195 | <td>--help</td> |
|
2194 | <td>--help</td> | |
2196 | <td>display help and exit</td></tr> |
|
2195 | <td>display help and exit</td></tr> | |
2197 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2196 | <tr><td></td> | |
2198 | <td>--hidden</td> |
|
2197 | <td>--hidden</td> | |
2199 | <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr> |
|
2198 | <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr> | |
2200 | </table> |
|
2199 | </table> | |
2201 |
|
2200 | |||
2202 | </div> |
|
2201 | </div> | |
2203 | </div> |
|
2202 | </div> | |
2204 | </div> |
|
2203 | </div> | |
2205 |
|
2204 | |||
2206 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
2205 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> | |
2207 |
|
2206 | |||
2208 |
|
2207 | |||
2209 | </body> |
|
2208 | </body> | |
2210 | </html> |
|
2209 | </html> | |
2211 |
|
2210 | |||
2212 |
|
2211 | |||
2213 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/revisions" |
|
2212 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/revisions" | |
2214 | 200 Script output follows |
|
2213 | 200 Script output follows | |
2215 |
|
2214 | |||
2216 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
2215 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> | |
2217 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
2216 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> | |
2218 | <head> |
|
2217 | <head> | |
2219 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
2218 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> | |
2220 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
2219 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> | |
2221 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
2220 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> | |
2222 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
2221 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> | |
2223 |
|
2222 | |||
2224 | <title>Help: revisions</title> |
|
2223 | <title>Help: revisions</title> | |
2225 | </head> |
|
2224 | </head> | |
2226 | <body> |
|
2225 | <body> | |
2227 |
|
2226 | |||
2228 | <div class="container"> |
|
2227 | <div class="container"> | |
2229 | <div class="menu"> |
|
2228 | <div class="menu"> | |
2230 | <div class="logo"> |
|
2229 | <div class="logo"> | |
2231 | <a href="http://mercurial.selenic.com/"> |
|
2230 | <a href="http://mercurial.selenic.com/"> | |
2232 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
2231 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> | |
2233 | </div> |
|
2232 | </div> | |
2234 | <ul> |
|
2233 | <ul> | |
2235 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
2234 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> | |
2236 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
2235 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> | |
2237 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
2236 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> | |
2238 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
2237 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> | |
2239 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
2238 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> | |
2240 | </ul> |
|
2239 | </ul> | |
2241 | <ul> |
|
2240 | <ul> | |
2242 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> |
|
2241 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> | |
2243 | </ul> |
|
2242 | </ul> | |
2244 | </div> |
|
2243 | </div> | |
2245 |
|
2244 | |||
2246 | <div class="main"> |
|
2245 | <div class="main"> | |
2247 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
2246 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> | |
2248 | <h3>Help: revisions</h3> |
|
2247 | <h3>Help: revisions</h3> | |
2249 |
|
2248 | |||
2250 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
2249 | <form class="search" action="/log"> | |
2251 |
|
2250 | |||
2252 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
2251 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> | |
2253 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
2252 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision | |
2254 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
2253 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> | |
2255 | </form> |
|
2254 | </form> | |
2256 | <div id="doc"> |
|
2255 | <div id="doc"> | |
2257 | <h1>Specifying Single Revisions</h1> |
|
2256 | <h1>Specifying Single Revisions</h1> | |
2258 | <p> |
|
2257 | <p> | |
2259 | Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. |
|
2258 | Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. | |
2260 | </p> |
|
2259 | </p> | |
2261 | <p> |
|
2260 | <p> | |
2262 | A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are |
|
2261 | A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are | |
2263 | treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip, |
|
2262 | treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip, | |
2264 | -2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. |
|
2263 | -2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. | |
2265 | </p> |
|
2264 | </p> | |
2266 | <p> |
|
2265 | <p> | |
2267 | A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision |
|
2266 | A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision | |
2268 | identifier. |
|
2267 | identifier. | |
2269 | </p> |
|
2268 | </p> | |
2270 | <p> |
|
2269 | <p> | |
2271 | A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a |
|
2270 | A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a | |
2272 | unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form |
|
2271 | unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form | |
2273 | identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix |
|
2272 | identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix | |
2274 | of exactly one full-length identifier. |
|
2273 | of exactly one full-length identifier. | |
2275 | </p> |
|
2274 | </p> | |
2276 | <p> |
|
2275 | <p> | |
2277 | Any other string is treated as a bookmark, tag, or branch name. A |
|
2276 | Any other string is treated as a bookmark, tag, or branch name. A | |
2278 | bookmark is a movable pointer to a revision. A tag is a permanent name |
|
2277 | bookmark is a movable pointer to a revision. A tag is a permanent name | |
2279 | associated with a revision. A branch name denotes the tipmost open branch head |
|
2278 | associated with a revision. A branch name denotes the tipmost open branch head | |
2280 | of that branch - or if they are all closed, the tipmost closed head of the |
|
2279 | of that branch - or if they are all closed, the tipmost closed head of the | |
2281 | branch. Bookmark, tag, and branch names must not contain the ":" character. |
|
2280 | branch. Bookmark, tag, and branch names must not contain the ":" character. | |
2282 | </p> |
|
2281 | </p> | |
2283 | <p> |
|
2282 | <p> | |
2284 | The reserved name "tip" always identifies the most recent revision. |
|
2283 | The reserved name "tip" always identifies the most recent revision. | |
2285 | </p> |
|
2284 | </p> | |
2286 | <p> |
|
2285 | <p> | |
2287 | The reserved name "null" indicates the null revision. This is the |
|
2286 | The reserved name "null" indicates the null revision. This is the | |
2288 | revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. |
|
2287 | revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. | |
2289 | </p> |
|
2288 | </p> | |
2290 | <p> |
|
2289 | <p> | |
2291 | The reserved name "." indicates the working directory parent. If no |
|
2290 | The reserved name "." indicates the working directory parent. If no | |
2292 | working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an |
|
2291 | working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an | |
2293 | uncommitted merge is in progress, "." is the revision of the first |
|
2292 | uncommitted merge is in progress, "." is the revision of the first | |
2294 | parent. |
|
2293 | parent. | |
2295 | </p> |
|
2294 | </p> | |
2296 |
|
2295 | |||
2297 | </div> |
|
2296 | </div> | |
2298 | </div> |
|
2297 | </div> | |
2299 | </div> |
|
2298 | </div> | |
2300 |
|
2299 | |||
2301 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
2300 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> | |
2302 |
|
2301 | |||
2303 |
|
2302 | |||
2304 | </body> |
|
2303 | </body> | |
2305 | </html> |
|
2304 | </html> | |
2306 |
|
2305 | |||
2307 |
|
2306 | |||
2308 | $ killdaemons.py |
|
2307 | $ killdaemons.py | |
2309 |
|
2308 | |||
2310 | #endif |
|
2309 | #endif |
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments.
Login now